Avyakt murli for Wednesday 14 December 1994

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.

0>>>>114-12-94 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन14-12-94 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban14-12-94 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x14-12-94 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 14-12-94 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2समय ­ संकल्प ­ बोल द्वारा कमाई जमा करने का आधार - तीन बिन्दी लगानाsamay ­ saṅkalp ­ bōl dvārā kamāī jamā karnē kā ādhār - tīn bindī lagānāsamay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] - tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.]time ­ thought ­ (speak[root]|x) through (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of basis - x point attach[inf.m.sg.d.]

1THE MEANS OF EARNING AN INCOME THROUGH YOUR TIME, THOUGHTS AND WORDS IS TO APPLY THE THREE DOTS.

3आज बापदादा किस सभा में आये हैं  ? āj bāpdādā kis sabhā mē̃ āyē haĩ  ? āj bāpdādā kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? today BapDada (who|what) court in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

2In which gathering has BapDada come today?

4ये सारी सभा किन आत्माओं की है  ? yē sārī sabhā kin ātmāō̃ kī hai  ? yah[pn.pl.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kyā[pn.pl.o.]|kaun[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ? this the whole court (what|who) soul do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ?

3Of which souls is this entire gathering?

5आ बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि हर एक हाइएस्ट ( H i g h e s t ) , रिचेस्ट ( R i c h e s t ) हैं . ā bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki har ēk highest ( H i g h e s t ) , richest ( R i c h e s t ) haĩ . ānā[root] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] high ( H i g h e s t ) , rich ( R i c h e s t ) hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . come[root] BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that each one high ( H i g h e s t ) , rich ( R i c h e s t ) be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 6दुनिया वाले तो कहते हैं रिचेस्ट इन दी वर्ल्ड लेकिन आप सभी हैं रिचेस्ट इन कल्पा . duniyā vālē tō kahtē haĩ richest in the world lēkin āp sabhī haĩ richest in kalpā . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] richest in the world[x] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] rich in|yah[pn.pl.o.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . world those who then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] the richest in the world but you all be[pres.pl.12hon3] rich (in|this) cycle .

4BapDada is seeing that each one is the highest and the richest. 5People of the world speak of being the richest in the world, but all of you are the richest in the kalpa. 6The treasures that you have accumulated at this time are with you throughout the entire kalpa.

7इस समय का जमा किया हुआखज़ाना सारा कल्प साथ में चलता है . is samay kā jamā kiyā huākhazānā sārā kalp sāth mē̃ chaltā hai . is samay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . at this time of accumulate x the whole cycle with in continue[pres.sg.m.23] . 8सारे कल्प में ऐसा कोई भी नहीं मिलेगा जो ये सोचे कि इस जन्म में तो रिचेस्ट हूँ लेकिन भविष्य में भी अनेक जन्म साहूकार से साहूकार रहूंगा . sārē kalp mē̃ aisā kōī bhī nahī̃ milēgā jō yē sōchē ki is janm mē̃ tō richest hū̃ lēkin bhaviṣhya mē̃ bhī anēk janm sāhūkār sē sāhūkār rahūṅgā . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] sōchnā[opt.sg.23]|sōchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō rich hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] anēk[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāhūkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sāhūkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.1] . the whole cycle in such anyone not receive[fut.m.sg.23] that this (think[opt.sg.23]|think[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that this (be born[root]|life) in then rich be[pres.sg.1] but future in too many (be born[root]|life) wealthy from wealthy remain[fut.m.sg.1] .

7Throughout the entire kalpa, you would never find anyone who thinks that not only is he the richest in this birth, but that he will also remain the richest of all in his many future births. 8They have no guarantee of even their next birth, whereas all of you say with faith and intoxication that these treasures of yours will be with you for many births.

9और आप सभी निश्चय और नशे से कहते हो कि हमारा ये खज़ाना अनेक जन्म साथ रहेगा . aur āp sabhī niśhchay aur naśhē sē kahtē hō ki hamārā yē khazānā anēk janm sāth rahēgā . aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] yah[pn.pl.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] anēk[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . and you all faith and intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] that we[.kā] this treasure many (be born[root]|life) with remain[fut.m.sg.23] .

9You have this guarantee, do you not? 10Or, will they only remain with you for one birth?

10गैरेन्टी है ना  ? guarantee hai nā  ? guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? guarantee be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ? 11तो ऐसा रिचेस्ट सारे कल्प में देखा  ? tō aisā richest sārē kalp mē̃ dēkhā  ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rich sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then such rich the whole cycle in see[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

11So, have you ever seen or heard of such people who are the richest in the entire kalpa?

12तो आज बापदादा अपने शाहन के भी शाह , राजाओं के भी राजा बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . tō āj bāpdādā apnē śhāhan K|kē bhī śhāh , rājāō̃ K|kē bhī rājā bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . tō āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhāh K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] śhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , rājā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then today BapDada one’s own x (K|of) too x , king (K|of) too king child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

12So, today BapDada is seeing His children who are the emperors of the emperors, the kings of kings.

13एक ­ एक दिन में कितनी कमाई जमा करते हो  ? ēk ­ ēk din mē̃ kitnī kamāī jamā kartē hō  ? ēk[adj.] ­ ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? one ­ one day in so (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) accumulate  ?

13How much income do you earn in each day? 14Just calculate this.

14हिसाब निकालो , जमा का खाता कितना तीव्र गति से बढ़ता जा रहा है  ? hisāb nikālō , jamā kā khātā kitnā tīvr gati sē baṛhtā jā rahā hai  ? hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jamā kā khātā[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] baṛhnā[root.pres-part+jānā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? account x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , saving account so intense speed from grow[root.pres-part+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

15With how much speed is your account of accumulation increasing? 16How much is it increasing?

15और बढ़ाने का साधन कितना सहज है  ! aur baṛhānē kā sādhan kitnā sahaj hai  ! aur baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! and increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities so easy be[pres.sg.23]  !

17It is increasing, is it not? 18And the method to increase it is so easy!

16इसमें मेहनत है क्या  ? ismē̃ mēhnat hai kyā  ? yah[pn.sg.mē̃] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? this[.mē̃] effort be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

19Does it take any effort? 20No.

17आपकी कमाई वा जमा खाता बढ़ने का सबसे सहज साधन है - बिन्दी लगाते जाओ और बढ़ाते जाओ . āpkī kamāī vā jamā khātā baṛhnē kā sabsē sahaj sādhan hai - bindī lagātē jāō aur baṛhātē jāō . āp[pn.pl.kī] kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] vā jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabsē sahaj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] aur baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . you[.kī] (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) or (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of the most easy facilities be[pres.sg.23] - point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] and increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .

21The easiest method for increasing your income and your account of accumulation, and to continue to increase them, is to apply a dot.

18आप भी बिन्दी , बाप भी बिन्दी और ड्रामा में भी बीती को बिन्दी लगाना . āp bhī bindī , bāp bhī bindī aur drama mē̃ bhī bītī kō bindī lagānā . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur drama mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you too point , father too point and drama in too (pass[past-part.f.]|past) to point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

22You are a dot, Baba is also a dot and you must continue to apply a dot to the past; to whatever has happened in the drama.

19तो कमाई का आधार है बिन्दी लगाना . tō kamāī kā ādhār hai bindī lagānā . tō kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) of basis be[pres.sg.23] point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

23So, the basis for earning an income is to apply a dot.

20और कोई मात्रा है ही नहीं . aur kōī mātrā hai hī nahī̃ . aur kōī[x] mātrā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . someone else trace be[pres.sg.23] only not .

24There is no other punctuation: simply a dot.

21क्या , क्यों , कैसे-ये क्वेश्चन मार्क की मात्रा , आश्चर्य की मात्रा , किसी की आवश्यकता नहीं है . kyā , kyō̃ , kaisē-yē question mark key|kī mātrā , āśhcharya kī mātrā , kisī key|kī āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ hai . kyā , kyō̃ , x question mark[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mātrā[n.f.;sg.] , āśhcharya kī mātrā[x] , kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . what , why , x x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) trace , x , (some|anything) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need not be[pres.sg.23] .

25There is no need to use any question or exclamation marks of why, what, how etc. because you have become master knowledge­full.

22क्योंकि मास्टर नॉलेजफुल बन गये . kyōṅki master knowledgeful ban gayē . kyōṅki master knowledgeful[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . because “master knowledge-full” become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

26So the word "how" has changed to "like this".

23तो ‘ कैसे ’ शब्द ‘ ऐसे ’ में बदल गया . tō ‘ kaisē ’ śhabda ‘ aisē ’ mē̃ badal gayā . tō ‘ kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ’ śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ‘ aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ’ mē̃[postp.] badalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . then ‘ how ’ word ‘ such ’ in change[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

27Not "how", but "like this".

24बदल गया या अभी भी ‘ कैसे ­ कैसे ’ कहते हो  ? badal gayā yā abhī bhī ‘ kaisē ­ kaisē ’ kahtē hō  ? badalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] yā ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] ‘ kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ’ kahnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? change[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] or now too ‘ how ­ how ’ say[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

28So, has it changed, or do you even now say, "how"?

25‘ पता नहीं ’ ये शब्द संकल्प में भी बदल गया  ? ‘ patā nahī̃ ’ yē śhabda saṅkalp mē̃ bhī badal gayā  ? ‘ patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ’ yah[pn.pl.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] badalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ? ‘ knowledge not ’ this word thought in too change[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ?

29The words "I don't know" have changed even in your thoughts.

26त्रिकालदर्शी ये स्वप्न में भी नहीं सोच सकते तो मुख से तो बोलने का सवाल ही नहीं है . trikāldarśhī yē svapn mē̃ bhī nahī̃ sōch saktē tō mukh sē tō bōlnē kā savāl hī nahī̃ hai . trikāldarśhī[adj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tō bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] savāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . trikaldarshi this dream in too not think[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then mouth from then speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] of question only not be[pres.sg.23] .

30Someone who is trikaldarshi cannot think of the words "I don't know" even in his dreams. 31So then, there is no question of speaking these words through the lips.

27संगम पर सारा खेल ही तीन बिन्दियों का है . saṅgam par sārā khēl hī tīn bindiyō̃ kā hai . saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . confluence (at|other) the whole (play[root]|play) only x point of be[pres.sg.23] .

32At the confluence age, the entire game is of the three dots.

28सबसे सहज बिन्दी होती या क्वेश्चन मार्क सहज है  ? sabsē sahaj bindī hōtī yā question mark sahaj hai  ? sabsē sahaj[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres-part.f.] yā question mark[x] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? the most easy point be[pres-part.f.] or x easy be[pres.sg.23]  ?

33What is the easiest of all? 34A dot, is it not? 35Or, is a question mark easy?

29बिन्दी सहज है ना  ? bindī sahaj hai nā  ? bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? point easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

36It is easy to apply a dot.

30बिन्दी लगाने में कितना टाइम लगता  ? bindī lagānē mē̃ kitnā time lagtā  ? bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? point attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] in so time x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

37How long does it take to apply a dot?

31सेकण्ड से भी कम . second sē bhī cum|kam . second sē[postp.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] . second from too (x|less) .

38Even less than one second.

32बिन्दी लगाना आता है कि कलम खिसक जाती है  ? bindī lagānā ātā hai ki kalam khisak jātī hai  ? bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] kalam[n.f.;sg.] khisaknā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]  ? point attach[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] that x x[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]  ?

39Do you know how to apply it or does your pen slip?

33कई बार बिन्दी के बजाय कलम भी लम्बी लकीर खींच लेती है . kaī bār bindī K|kē bajāy kalam bhī lambī lakīr khīñch lētī hai . kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bajāē kalam[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lakīr[n.f.;sg.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] . some time point (K|of) x x too x line pull[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] .

40Many times, instead of applying a dot, the pen draws a long line.

34बिन्दी लगाने से एक सेकण्ड में आपके कितनेखज़ाने बच जाते हैं . bindī lagānē sē ēk second mē̃ āpkē kitanēkhazānē bach jātē haĩ . bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] x bachnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . point attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] from one second in you[.kē] x x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

41By applying a dot, so many of your treasures are saved in just one second. 42You know this list, do you not?

35खज़ानों की लिस्ट तो जानते हो ना  ? khazānō̃ key|kī list tō jāntē hō nā  ? khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] list tō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? treasure (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) list then know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

43Do you know your list of treasures or do you forget it?

36अगर बिन्दी के बजाय और कोई मात्रा लगाते हो वा लग जाती है , तो सोचो ज्ञान काखज़ाना गया , शक्तियों का खज़ाना गया , गुणों का खज़ाना गया , संकल्प का खज़ाना गया , इनर्जा गई , श्वास सफल के बजाय असफलता में गया , समय गया  ! agar bindī K|kē bajāy aur kōī mātrā lagātē hō vā lag jātī hai , tō sōchō gyān kākhazānā gayā , śhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā gayā , guṇō̃ kā khazānā gayā , saṅkalp kā khazānā gayā , inarjā gaī , śhvās saphal K|kē bajāy asaphaltā mē̃ gayā , samay gayā  ! agar bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bajāē aur kōī[x] mātrā[n.f.;sg.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] vā lagnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] x jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x jānā[past-part.f.] , śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] saphal[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bajāē asaphaltā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! if point (K|of) x someone else trace attach[pres.pl.m.2] or x[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] knowledge x go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , Shakti of treasure go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , virtue of treasure go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , thought of treasure go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x go[past-part.f.] , breathing successful (K|of) x x in go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , time go[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! 37कितना गया  ? kitnā gayā  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? so go[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

44If you apply any other mark instead of a dot, or if any other mark is accidentally applied even when you do not put that sign purposely, then just think about it: you lose your treasures of knowledge, you lose your treasures of powers, you lose your treasures of virtues, you lose your treasures of thoughts and you waste energy.

38लम्बी लिस्ट हो गई ना  ? lambī list hō gaī nā  ? lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā  ? x list be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅  ? 39तो ये कभी भी नहीं सोचो कि एक ­ दो सेकण्ड ही तो गया . tō yē kabhī bhī nahī̃ sōchō ki ēk ­ dō second hī tō gayā . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] ­ dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] second hī[p.] tō jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then this ever too not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that one ­ (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) second only then go[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 40लेकिन एक सेकण्ड में गँवाया कितना  ? lēkin ēk second mē̃ ganvāyā kitnā  ? lēkin ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? but one second in lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] so  ?

45Instead of your breath being used in a worthwhile way, it is used wastefully; your thoughts are wasted and your time is wasted; so you lose so much. 46It is a long list.

41एक सेकण्ड भी कितना भारी हो गया  ? ēk second bhī kitnā bhārī hō gayā  ? ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhārī[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ? one second too so heavy be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ? 42हर समय अपने जमा का खाता बढ़ाते चलो . har|her samay apnē jamā kā khātā baṛhātē chalō . harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[root]|x) time one’s own saving account increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

47So do not ever think that you only lost one or two seconds, but just think how much you lost in one second.

43कमाया क्या और गँवाया क्या  ? kamāyā kyā aur ganvāyā kyā  ? kamānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā aur ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā  ? earn[past-part.m.sg.d.] what and lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] what  ?

48So, even one second is so important.

44इन सभी खज़ानों में से कितने खज़ानेगँवाये  ? in sabhī khazānō̃ mē̃ sē kitnē khazānēgãvāyē  ? in|yah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x  ? (in|this) all treasure in from so x  ?

49Continue to increase your account of accumulation at every moment.

45बापदादा भी बच्चों के जमा के खाते चेक करते रहते हैं . bāpdādā bhī bachchō̃ K|kē jamā K|kē khātē check kartē rahtē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] check karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada too child (K|of) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) (K|of) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) check do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

50What did you earn and what did you lose? 51Out of all these treasures, how many treasures did you lose?

46जब खाता देखते हैं तो मुस्कराते रहते हैं . jab khātā dēkhtē haĩ tō muskarātē rahtē haĩ . jab khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō muskarānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . when (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then smile[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

52BapDada also continues to check the children's account of accumulation.

47क्या देखते होंगे जो मुस्कराते हैं  ? kyā dēkhtē hōṅgē jō muskarātē haĩ  ? kyā dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] muskarānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? what see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that smile[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

53When He sees this account, He smiles. 54Why does He smile?

48अमृतवेले मिलन भी मनाते , रूहरिहान भी करते , वायदे भी बहुत अच्छे करते कि ये करेंगे , ये करेंगे , बहुत अच्छी ­ अच्छी बातें करते हैं लेकिन चलते ­ चलते सारे दिन में कोई न कोईखज़ाना गँवा भी देते हैं . amr̥itvēlē milan bhī manātē , rūhrihān bhī kartē , vāydē bhī bahut achchhē kartē ki yē karē̃gē , yē karē̃gē , bahut achchhī ­ achchhī bātē̃ kartē haĩ lēkin chaltē ­ chaltē sārē din mē̃ kōī na kōīkhazānā ganvā bhī dētē haĩ . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , rūhrihān[x] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ­ achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ­ chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] na[neg] x ganvānā[root] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . amrit vela meeting too celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , spiritual conversation too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , promise too very achcha do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that this do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , this do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , very achcha ­ achcha matter do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ­ continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] the whole day in some not x lose[root] too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

55What does He see that makes Him smile? 56You know this. 57You celebrate a meeting at amrit vela; you have a heart­to­heart conversation, you make many big promises ­ we will do this, we will do this ­ you speak of many good things. 58But, whilst moving along, you also lose one or another treasure throughout the day.

49फिर आधार क्या बनाते हैं  ? phir ādhār kyā banātē haĩ  ? phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? (then|turn[root]) basis what create[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

59Then, what do you use as your support?

50बापदादा को भी अपनी अच्छी ­ अच्छी बातें सुनाने लगते हैं . bāpdādā kō bhī apnī achchhī ­ achchhī bātē̃ sunānē lagtē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ­ achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] . BapDada to too one’s own achcha ­ achcha matter speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] .

60You begin to tell very good stories to BapDada.

51अगर व्यर्थ संकल्प चला तो क्या ये जमा हुआ या गँवाया  ? agar vyarth saṅkalp chalā tō kyā yē jamā huā yā ganvāyā  ? agar vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chalānā[root] tō kyā yah[pn.pl.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? if wasteful thought (continue[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) then what this (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] or lose[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

61If you have had any wasteful thoughts, then did you accumulate something or lose something?

52तो फिर बातें क्या करते हैं  ? tō phir bātē̃ kyā kartē haĩ  ? tō phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? then (then|turn[root]) matter what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

62What do you then say? 63"I just had this thought.

53सिर्फ संकल्प में चला ना-वो तो ठीक हो जायेगा , बाप को भी दिलासे दिलाते हैं कि ठीक हो जायेगा , पुरूषार्थी हैं ना , सम्पूर्ण तो नहीं हुए हैं , हो जायेगा … . sirph saṅkalp mē̃ chalā nā-vō tō ṭhīk hō jāyēgā , bāp kō bhī dilāsē dilātē haĩ ki ṭhīk hō jāyēgā , purūṣhārthī haĩ nā , sampūrṇ tō nahī̃ huē haĩ , hō jāyēgā … . sirph[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chalānā[root] x tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dilāsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , sampūrṇ[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … . only thought in (continue[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) x then OK be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , father to too x x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that OK be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , complete then not be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … .

64It will be all right." 65You continue to reassure the Father that everything will be all right, that you are still effort­makers and that you haven't become complete as yet; that you will become this.

54तो बापदादा कहते हैं कि ये गा ­ गा के गीत सारे दिन में बहुत सुनते हैं लेकिन ये भी कब तक  ? tō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki yē gā ­ gā K|kē gīt sārē din mē̃ bahut suntē haĩ lēkin yē bhī kab tak  ? tō bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] gānā[root] ­ gānā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] kab tak  ? then BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this sing[root] ­ sing[root] (K|of) x the whole day in very listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but this too when until  ?

66So BapDada hears this song of "ga, ga" (I will become) a lot throughout the day; but for how long will this continue?

55क्या अंत में सम्पूर्ण होना है  ? kyā ant mē̃ sampūrṇ hōnā hai  ? kyā ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sampūrṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? what end in complete be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

67Do you wish to become complete at the end?

56कि बहुत काल के अभ्यास से बहुत काल का वर्सा पाना है  ? ki bahut kāl K|kē abhyās sē bahut kāl kā varsā pānā hai  ? ki[conj.] bahut kal K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut kal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? that very x (K|of) practice from very x of inheritance x[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? 57वर्सा अविनाशी चाहते हो  ? varsā avināśhī chāhtē hō  ? varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] avināśhī[adj.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? inheritance imperishable x[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

68Or, do you wish to claim an inheritance for a long period of time through having this practice over a long period of time?

58सम्पूर्ण वर्सा चाहते हो कि अधूरा चलेगा  ? sampūrṇ varsā chāhtē hō ki adhūrā chalēgā  ? sampūrṇ[adj.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] adhūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? complete inheritance x[pres.pl.m.2] that x continue[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

69Do you wish to claim the imperishable and full inheritance or will only half do?

59और पुरूषार्थ में अधूरा पुरूषार्थ चलेगा  ? aur purūṣhārth mē̃ adhūrā purūṣhārth chalēgā  ? aur puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] adhūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth chalnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? and effort in x effort continue[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

70It will not do, will it? 71Then, would it do to make only half the effort?

60तो पुरूषार्थ के समय तो करेंगे , देखेंगे , बनेंगे , कर ही लेंगे , हो ही जायेगा … ये सोचते हो और प्राप्ति के समय गे ­ गे करेंगे  ? tō purūṣhārth K|kē samay tō karē̃gē , dēkhē̃gē , banē̃gē , kar hī lē̃gē , hō hī jāyēgā … yē sōchtē hō aur prāpti K|kē samay gē ­ gē karē̃gē  ? tō puruṣhārth K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , karnā[root] hī[p.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] … yah[pn.pl.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur prāpti[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] gē ­ gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then effort (K|of) time then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , do[root] only take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.m.sg.23] … this think[pres.pl.m.2] and attainment (K|of) time some time ­ some time do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

72So, at the time of making effort, you say, "We will do it, we will see it, we will become it, we will do it, it will happen", but would you also say the same at the time of attaining something? 73You would not, would you?

61उसमें तो सम्पूर्ण प्राप्ति चाहिये , सम्पूर्ण वर्सा चाहिये . usmē̃ tō sampūrṇ prāpti chāhiyē , sampūrṇ varsā chāhiyē . vah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō sampūrṇ[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē , sampūrṇ[adj.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chāhiē . that[.mē̃] then complete attainment should , complete inheritance should .

74In that, you wish to claim the full attainment. 75You want the full inheritance.

62सभी लक्ष्मी ­ नारायण बनने में हाथ उठाते हो . sabhī lakṣhmī ­ nārāyaṇ bannē mē̃ hāth uṭhātē hō . sab[adv.hī] lakṣhmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ­ nārāyaṇ bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.2] . all Lakshmi ­ Narayan become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in raise your hands .

76You all raised your hand for becoming Lakshmi or Narayan.

63मालूम भी है कि लक्ष्मी ­ नारायण की भी आठ गद्दियाँ चलेंगी लेकिन हाथ तो लक्ष्मी ­ नारायण में उठाते हो ना  ? mālūm bhī hai ki lakṣhmī ­ nārāyaṇ key|kī bhī āṭh gaddiyā̃ chalē̃gī lēkin hāth tō lakṣhmī ­ nārāyaṇ mē̃ uṭhātē hō nā  ? mālūm[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] lakṣhmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ­ nārāyaṇ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] āṭh[adj.] gaddī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] chalnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] lēkin hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō lakṣhmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ­ nārāyaṇ mē̃[postp.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? x too be[pres.sg.23] that Lakshmi ­ Narayan (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too eight throne continue[fut.f.pl.12hon3] but hand then Lakshmi ­ Narayan in uplift[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

77You also know that there will be eight thrones of Lakshmi and Narayan, and yet what do you raise your hand for? 78For becoming Lakshmi or Narayan.

64तो लक्ष्मी ­ नारायण का अर्थ है नम्बरवन पास विद् ऑनर होना . tō lakṣhmī ­ nārāyaṇ kā arth|earth hai number one pass with honour hōnā . tō lakṣhmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ­ nārāyaṇ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] number one pass with honour[x] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then Lakshmi ­ Narayan of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] number one pass with honours be[inf.m.sg.d.] .

79To become Lakshmi or Narayan means to become number one and pass with honour.

65बापदादा बच्चों की हिम्मत को देखकर खुश भी होते हैं . bāpdādā bachchō̃ key|kī himmat kō dēkhkar khuśh bhī hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) courage to see[abs.] happy too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 66राम ­ सीता में कोई नहीं हाथ उठाता . rām ­ sītā mē̃ kōī nahī̃ hāth uṭhātā . rām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ sītā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . Rama ­ Sita in some not hand uplift[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 67हिम्मत अच्छी है और हिम्मत वाले को मदद भी मिलती है . himmat achchhī hai aur himmat vālē kō madad bhī miltī hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . courage achcha be[pres.sg.23] and courage those who to x too receive[pres.sg.f.23] .

80BapDada is happy on seeing the courage of the children, that at least no one is raising his hand for becoming Rama or Sita, and that you have good courage. 81Of course, those who maintain courage receive help.

68सिर्फ पुरूषार्थ के समय भी जैसे बाप के आगे संकल्प करते हो वैसे ही ये बोल और कर्म में लाओ . sirph purūṣhārth K|kē samay bhī jaisē bāp kē āgē saṅkalp kartē hō vaisē hī yē bōl aur karma mē̃ lāō . sirph[adj.] puruṣhārth K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only effort (K|of) time too like father in front of thought do[pres.pl.m.2] x only this (speak[root]|x) and deed in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

82Just as you have a thought in front of the Father, in the same way, at the time of making effort, put that into your words and actions.

69बापदादा ने देखा समय केखज़ाने का महत्व जितना रखना चाहिये उतना कई बच्चे नहीं रखते हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā samay kēkhazānē kā mahatva jitnā rakhnā chāhiyē utnā kaī bachchē nahī̃ rakhtē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[.oblig3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] time x of importance the more keep[.oblig3] x some child not keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

83BapDada saw that many children do not give as much importance to the treasure of time as they should.

70एक दिन का भी चार्ट चेक करें तो मैजारिटी का समय वेस्ट के खाते में जाता दिखाई देता है . ēk din kā bhī chart check karē̃ tō majority kā samay west|waste K|kē khātē mē̃ jātā dikhāī dētā hai . ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chart check karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō majority kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] west|waste K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . one day of too chart check do[opt.pl.12hon3] then majority of time (west|waste) (K|of) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) in go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be visible .

84If you check your chart of one day, it appears that for the majority, it goes towards the account of waste.

71द्वापर काल से व्यर्थ सुनने , देखने और फिर सोचने की आदत न चाहते भी आकर्षितकर लेती है और इसी कारण समय का खज़ाना वेस्ट के खाते में चला जाता है . dvāpar kāl sē vyarth sunnē , dēkhnē aur phir sōchnē key|kī ādat na chāhtē bhī ākarṣitakar lētī hai aur isī kāraṇ samay kā khazānā west|waste K|kē khātē mē̃ chalā jātā hai . dvāpar kal sē[postp.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] , dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ādat[n.f.;sg.] na[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] x lēnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur yah[pn.sg.hī] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] west|waste K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|chalnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . copper age x from wasteful listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] , see[inf.m.pl.,o.] and (then|turn[root]) think[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) habit not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too x take[pres.sg.f.23] and this[.hī] because time of treasure (west|waste) (K|of) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) in (continue[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|continue[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .

85The reason for this is that from the copper age the habit of listening to, seeing and thinking of wasteful matters has been attracting you even against your conscious wish, and because of this, the treasure of time goes towards the account of waste.

72पहले भी सुनाया कि सेकण्ड का भी कितना महत्व है  ! pahlē bhī sunāyā ki second kā bhī kitnā mahatva hai  ! pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] second kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that second of too so importance be[pres.sg.23]  !

86This is why you were also told earlier that even a second has so much importance.

73दूसरी बात , मैजारिटी व्यर्थ बोल में भी समय वेस्ट करते हैं . dūsrī bāt , majority vyarth bōl mē̃ bhī samay west|waste kartē haĩ . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] , majority vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] west|waste karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . other matter , majority wasteful (speak[root]|x) in too time (west|waste) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

87Secondly, the majority of you waste your time in speaking wasteful words.

74एक घण्टे के अन्दर भी चेक करो कि जो भी बोल बोला , हर बोल में आत्मिक भाव और शुभ भावना है  ? ēk ghaṇṭē K|kē andar bhī check karō ki jō bhī bōl bōlā , har|her bōl mē̃ ātmik bhāv aur śhubh bhāvnā hai  ? ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar bhī[p.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , harnā[root]|har|her bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ātmik[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhubh bhāvnā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? one hour (K|of) inside too check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that too (speak[root]|x) speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (x[root]|x) (speak[root]|x) in soul-conscious consciousness and pure feeling be[pres.sg.23]  ?

88Check your words in one hour: was there the consciousness of the soul and pure feelings in every word you spoke?

75बोल से भाव और भावना दोनों अनुभव होती है . bōl sē bhāv aur bhāvnā dōnō̃ anubhav hōtī hai . bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . (speak[root]|x) from consciousness and feeling x experience be[pres.sg.f.23] .

89Your intentions and feelings are both experienced through your words.

76अगर हर बोल में शुभ भावना , श्रेष्ठ भावना नहीं है तो अवश्य माया की भावनायें हैं . agar har|her bōl mē̃ śhubh bhāvnā , śhrēṣhṭh bhāvnā nahī̃ hai tō avaśhya māyā key|kī bhāvnāyē̃ haĩ . agar harnā[root]|har|her bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō avaśhya māyā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhāvnā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . if (x[root]|x) (speak[root]|x) in pure feeling , elevated feeling not be[pres.sg.23] then x Maya (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) feeling be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

90If you do not have pure and elevated feelings in your words, then those words are definitely filled with the feelings of Maya.

77वो तो अनेक हैं , ईर्ष्या , हषद , घृणा , ये भावनायें चाहे किसी भी परसेन्ट में समाई हुई होती है . vō tō anēk haĩ , īrṣhyā , haṣhad , ghr̥iṇā , yē bhāvnāyē̃ chāhē kisī bhī percent mē̃ samāī huī hōtī hai . vah[pn.;d.] tō anēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , īrṣhyā[n.f.;sg.] , hasad[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] bhāvnā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] percent mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . that then many be[pres.pl.12hon3] , jealousy , jealousy , hatred , this feeling (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) (some|anything) too % in merge[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] be[pres.sg.f.23] .

91There are many of them. 92You know of them: jealousy, envy, dislike. 93These feelings are merged to some percentage.

78कई बार बोल के टेप रिकॉर्ड बापदादा सुनते हैं . kaī bār bōl K|kē tape record bāpdādā suntē haĩ . kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tape record[x] bāpdādā sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some time (speak[root]|x) (K|of) x BapDada listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

94Many times, BapDada hears the tape recording of your words.

79हर एक की ऑटोमेटिक टेप भरती जाती है और जिस घड़ी जिसकी भी सुनना चाहे वो सुन सकते हैं . har ēk key|kī automatic tape bhartī jātī hai aur jis ghaṛī jiskī bhī sunnā chāhē vō sun saktē haĩ . har ēk[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] automatic tape bharnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] aur jō[pn.sg.o.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jō[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] sunnā[opt.sg.23.inf+cāhnā] vah[pn.;d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . each one (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x tape fill[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] and that moment that[.kī] too listen[opt.sg.23.inf+cāhnā] that listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

95Each one's tape is recorded automatically, and, if He so wishes, BapDada can hear anyone's tape at any moment. 96So what does He hear sometimes?

80हर बोल का सार नहीं होता . har|her bōl kā sār nahī̃ hōtā . harnā[root]|har|her bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . (x[root]|x) (speak[root]|x) of essence not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

97That there isn't any strength in their words.

81कई बार कहते भी हो मेरी भावना , मेरा भाव खराब नहीं था , ऐसे ही निकल गया वा बोल दिया लेकिन जिस बोल में आत्मिक भाव और शुभ भावना नहीं , वो किस खाते में जमा होगा  ? kaī bār kahtē bhī hō mērī bhāvnā , mērā bhāv kharāb nahī̃ thā , aisē hī nikal gayā vā bōl diyā lēkin jis bōl mē̃ ātmik bhāv aur śhubh bhāvnā nahī̃ , vō kis khātē mē̃ jamā hōgā  ? kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kharāb[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] vā bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] lēkin jō[pn.sg.o.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ātmik[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhubh bhāvnā[x] nahī̃[neg] , vah[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? some time say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) I[.kī] feeling , I[.kā] consciousness bad not be[past.m.sg] , such only be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] or speak[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] but that (speak[root]|x) in soul-conscious consciousness and pure feeling not , that (who|what) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) in (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

98Many times, you even say: My intention, my feeling was not bad, but it just came out, or that you just said it without meaning it. 99But in which account will those words which do not have any soul­conscious or pure feeling be accumulated?

82वेस्ट में हुआ ना  ? west|waste mē̃ huā nā  ? west|waste mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā  ? (west|waste) in be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅  ?

100In the account of waste or best?

83तो कमाई का खाता ज्यादा होगा या गँवाने का खाता ज्यादा होगा  ? tō kamāī kā khātā jyādā hōgā yā ganvānē kā khātā jyādā hōgā  ? tō kamāī kā khātā[x] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] yā ganvānē kā khātā[x] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? then x more be[fut.m.sg.23] or x more be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

101It is accumulated in the waste, is it not? 102Then, will the account of accumulation be greater or the account of losing be greater?

84ये तो गँवाया ना  ? yē tō ganvāyā nā  ? yah[pn.pl.d.] tō ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā  ? this then lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅  ?

103You lost that, did you not?

85तो बोल में भी गँवाने का खाता ज्यादा होता है . tō bōl mē̃ bhī ganvānē kā khātā jyādā hōtā hai . tō bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ganvānē kā khātā[x] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then (speak[root]|x) in too x more be[pres.sg.m.23] .

104So, even in your words, the account of losing is greater. 105Check your words.

86तो बोल को भी चेक करो . tō bōl kō bhī check karō . tō bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (speak[root]|x) to too check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 87ऐसे ही बोल दिया-ये भाषा बदली करो . aisē hī bōl diyā-yē bhāṣhā badalī karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] x bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] badalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+karnā] . such only (speak[root]|x) x language change[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+karnā] .

106Now change the language of saying, "I just said it like that without meaning it".

88समर्थ बोल का अर्थ ही है-जिस बोल में किसी आत्मा को प्राप्ति का भाव वा सार हो . samarth bōl kā arth|earth hī hai-jis bōl mē̃ kisī ātmā kō prāpti kā bhāv vā sār hō . samarth[adj.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] x bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā sār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . powerful (speak[root]|x) of (meaning|earth) only x (speak[root]|x) in (some|anything) soul to attainment of consciousness or essence (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 89अगर सार नहीं है तो जमा का खाता तो नहीं होगा ना  ? agar sār nahī̃ hai tō jamā kā khātā tō nahī̃ hōgā nā  ? agar sār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jamā kā khātā[x] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ? if essence not be[pres.sg.23] then saving account then not be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  ?

107"Powerful words" means words in which other souls experience the feeling and strength of attainment. 108If there is no strength in them, then there would not be anything in their account of accumulation, would there?

90जितना एक दिन में जमा कर सकते हो , तो बापदादा ने देखा जितने के हिसाब से उतना नहीं है . jitnā ēk din mē̃ jamā kar saktē hō , tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā jitnē K|kē hisāb sē utnā nahī̃ hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the more one day in accumulate , then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] the more (K|of) account from x not be[pres.sg.23] .

109According to how much you are able to accumulate in one day, BapDada saw that in this regard, you do not accumulate to the extent that you should.

91तो क्या करना पड़ेगा  ? tō kyā karnā paṛēgā  ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2]  ? then what do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2]  ?

110So what will you have to do?

92लक्ष्मी ­ नारायण तो बनना ही है ना  ? lakṣhmī ­ nārāyaṇ tō bannā hī hai nā  ? lakṣhmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ­ nārāyaṇ tō bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? Lakshmi ­ Narayan then become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

111You have to become Lakshmi and Narayan, do you not? 112This is firm, is it not?

93कि नहीं बने तो भी हर्जा नहीं  ! ki nahī̃ banē tō bhī harjā nahī̃  ! ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] tō bhī[x] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg]  ! that not (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) ∅ x not  !

113Or, does it not matter if you do not become this?

94पहले जन्म से लेकर श्रेष्ठ प्रालब्ध पानी है कि दूसरे ­ तीसरे जन्म से शुरू करेंगे  ? pahlē janm sē lēkar śhrēṣhṭh prālabdh pānī hai ki dūsrē ­ tīsrē janm sē śhurū karē̃gē  ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] pānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ tīsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? (x|firstly) (be born[root]|life) from take[abs.] elevated reward x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that other ­ third (be born[root]|life) from beginning do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

114Do you wish to claim thee elevated reward from the first birth, or will you begin it from the second or third birth? 115You would not, would you?

95पहले जन्म में नहीं आओ , दूसरे ­ तीसरे में आओ , पसन्द है  ? pahlē janm mē̃ nahī̃ āō , dūsrē ­ tīsrē mē̃ āō , pasand hai  ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ tīsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? (x|firstly) (be born[root]|life) in not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , other ­ third in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

116Would you like it if you did not come in the first birth, but in the second or third birth?

96नहीं पसन्द है ना  ? nahī̃ pasand hai nā  ? nahī̃[neg] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? not love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

117You wouldn't, would you?

97तो इतना जमा का खाता है  ? tō itnā jamā kā khātā hai  ? tō itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā kā khātā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then such saving account be[pres.sg.23]  ?

118So, have you so much in your account of accumulation?

98अगर खाता कम जमा होगा तो प्रालब्ध क्या खायेंगे  ? agar khātā cum|kam jamā hōgā tō prālabdh kyā khāyēṅgē  ? agar khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] kyā khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? if (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) (x|less) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[fut.m.sg.23] then reward what eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

119If you do not accumulate so much in your account now, what reward would you have?

99उतना ही खायेंगे जितना जमा किया है . utnā hī khāyēṅgē jitnā jamā kiyā hai . utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x only eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] the more accumulate .

120You would only have as much as you have accumulated.

100तो आज बापदादा ने सभी के जमा के खाते देखे . tō āj bāpdādā nē sabhī K|kē jamā K|kē khātē dēkhē . tō āj bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dēkhnā[opt.sg.23]|dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then today BapDada ∅ all (K|of) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) (K|of) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) (see[opt.sg.23]|see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

121So today, BapDada saw everyone's account of accumulation.

101दूसरों को समय का महत्व बहुत अच्छा सुनाते हो , संगमयुग की महिमा कितनी अच्छी करते हो  ! dūsrō̃ kō samay kā mahatva bahut achchhā sunātē hō , saṅgamyug kī mahimā kitnī achchhī kartē hō  ! dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samay kā mahatva[x] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.2] , saṅgamyug kī mahimā[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ! other to x very achcha speak[pres.pl.m.2] , x so achcha do[pres.pl.m.2]  !

122You tell others of the importance of time very well, and you praise the confluence age so well. 123You do this, do you not?

102तो स्वयं भी सदा समय के महत्व को सामने रखो . tō svayã bhī sadā samay K|kē mahatva kō sāmnē rakhō . tō svayã bhī[p.] sadā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then x too constantly time (K|of) importance to x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

124So you should also place the importance of time in front of yourself.

103समय के पहले अपने श्रेष्ठ भाग्य के आधार से प्राप्तियों का खाता फुल जमा करो . samay K|kē pahlē apnē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya K|kē ādhār sē prāptiyō̃ kā khātā full jamā karō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prāptiyō̃ kā khātā[x] full jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time (K|of) (x|firstly) one’s own elevated x (K|of) basis from x full accumulate .

125On the basis of your elevated fortune, accumulate in your account of attainment beforehand.

104संगमयुग के समय की विशेषता है कि तीनों रूप की प्राप्ति है . saṅgamyug K|kē samay key|kī viśhēṣhtā hai ki tīnō̃ rūp key|kī prāpti hai . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] tīnō̃[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . confluence age (K|of) time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality be[pres.sg.23] that all three Rup (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment be[pres.sg.23] .

126The speciality of the time of the confluence age is that you have all three forms of attainment.

105एक-वर्से के रूप में , दूसरा-पढ़ाई को सोर्स ऑफ इनकम कहते हैं तो पढ़ाई की प्राप्ति के आधार से और तीसरा है वरदान के रूप में . ēk-varsē K|kē rūp mē̃ , dūsarā-paṛhāī kō source of income kahtē haĩ tō paṛhāī kī prāpti K|kē ādhār sē aur tīsrā hai vardān K|kē rūp mē̃ . x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , x kō[postp.] source of income[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō paṛhānā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . x (K|of) Rup in , x to source of income say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then teach[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] attainment (K|of) basis from and third be[pres.sg.23] blessing (K|of) Rup in .

127One is in the form of the inheritance. 128The second, which is the study, is said to be the source of income; so the second attainment is on the basis of your study. 129And the third is in the form of blessings.

106वर्सा भी है , इनकम भी है और वरदान भी है . varsā bhī hai , income bhī hai aur vardān bhī hai . varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , income bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . inheritance too be[pres.sg.23] , income too be[pres.sg.23] and blessing too be[pres.sg.23] .

130You have the inheritance, an income and also the blessings.

107प्राप्ति बहुत भारी है , बहुत बड़ी है  ! prāpti bahut bhārī hai , bahut baṛī hai  ! prāpti[n.f.;sg.] bahut bhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! attainment very heavy be[pres.sg.23] , very very be[pres.sg.23]  !

131You have so many forms of attainment. 132The attainment is very great; it is very huge.

108सिर्फ सम्भालने वाले बनो . sirph sambhālnē vālē banō . sirph[adj.] sambhālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only be careful[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

133Simply be the ones who are able to look after it.

109वर्सा भी बेहद है , इनकम भी बेहद है और वरदान भी बेहद के हैं . varsā bhī bēhad hai , income bhī bēhad hai aur vardān bhī bēhad K|kē haĩ . varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , income bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . inheritance too unlimited be[pres.sg.23] , income too unlimited be[pres.sg.23] and blessing too unlimited (K|of) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

134You have an unlimited inheritance, the income is unlimited and the blessings are also unlimited.

110कभी सोचा था कि रोज भगवान का वरदान मिलेगा  ? kabhī sōchā thā ki rōj bhagvān kā vardān milēgā  ? kabhī[adv.] sōchnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] rōz bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? ever think[past-perf.m.sg.] that day God of blessing receive[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

135Did you ever think that you would receive God's blessings every day?

111इतने वरदान किसी को भी , कभी भी नहीं मिल सकते . itnē vardān kisī kō bhī , kabhī bhī nahī̃ mil saktē . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] , kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . such blessing (some|anything) to too , ever too not receive[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

136No one could ever receive so many blessings. 137But what do you say?

112लेकिन आप तो कहते हो हमारा तो अधिकार है . lēkin āp tō kahtē hō hamārā tō adhikār hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ham[pn.pl.kā] tō adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but you then say[pres.pl.m.2] we[.kā] then right be[pres.sg.23] . 113वर्से पर भी , पढ़ाई पर भी और वरदान पर भी . varsē par bhī , paṛhāī par bhī aur vardān par bhī . varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] , paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] aur vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] . inheritance (at|other) too , (study|teach[past-part.f.]) (at|other) too and blessing (at|other) too .

138That it is your right. 139You have a right to the inheritance, the study and also the blessings. 140You have such a huge right!

114छोटी बात नहीं है , बहुत बड़ी है  ! chhōṭī bāt nahī̃ hai , bahut baṛī hai  ! chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! small matter not be[pres.sg.23] , very very be[pres.sg.23]  !

141It is not a little thing; it is very big.

115तीनों ही सम्बन्ध से तीनों के ऊपर अपना अधिकार प्राप्त कर लिया ना  ? tīnō̃ hī sambandh sē tīnō̃ kē ūpar apnā adhikār prāpt kar liyā nā  ? tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tīnō̃[adj.] kē ūpar[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] adhikār[x] prāpt karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā  ? all three only relationship from all three over (one’s own|adopt[root]) right reach ∅  ?

142You have claimed your right over all three relations in all three forms, have you not?

116सभी फखुर से कहते हैं ना-बाप मेरा है . sabhī phakhur sē kahtē haĩ nā-bāp mērā hai . sab[adv.hī] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] .

143All of you say with intoxication that Baba belongs to you.

117ये कहते हो क्या कि मेरा नहीं , तेरा है  ? yē kahtē hō kyā ki mērā nahī̃ , tērā hai  ? yah[pn.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] kyā ki[conj.] mērā nahī̃[x] , tū[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? this say[pres.pl.m.2] what that Nothing is "mine" , you[.kā] be[pres.sg.23]  ?

144Do you ever say, "He is not mine, He is yours"?

118हमारे लिये बाप पढ़ाने आता है-ये समझते हो ना  ? hamārē liyē bāp paṛhānē ātā hai-yē samajhtē hō nā  ? ham[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? we[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] father teach[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

145So you have a right, do you not? 146Baba comes here in order to teach you.

119तो पढ़ाई पर अधिकार है ना  ? tō paṛhāī par adhikār hai nā  ? tō paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? then (study|teach[past-part.f.]) (at|other) right be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

147You think this, and so you have a right to the study.

120और वरदाता के पास वरदान है ही किसके लिये  ? aur vardātā kē pās vardān hai hī kiskē liyē  ? aur vardātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? and x to blessing be[pres.sg.23] only who[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

148The blessings from the Bestower of Blessings: who are they for? 149What would you say?

121हरेक सोचता है कि मेरे लिये ही वरदाता बाप है . harēk sōchtā hai ki mērē liyē hī vardātā bāp hai . har ēk sōchnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] vardātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one think[pres.sg.m.23] that I[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] only x father be[pres.sg.23] .

150"They are for me", would you not? 151Each of you thinks that the Bestower of Blessings is yours.

122तो तीनों पर अधिकार है . tō tīnō̃ par adhikār hai . tō tīnō̃[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then all three (at|other) right be[pres.sg.23] .

152So you have a right over all three.

123कहने में तो बहुत साधारण है . kahnē mē̃ tō bahut sādhāraṇ hai . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō bahut sādhāraṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then very ordinary be[pres.sg.23] .

153It is very ordinary to say this in words.

124इसीलिये तो दुनिया वाले हंसते हैं कि , हैं क्या और कहते क्या हैं  ? isīliyē tō duniyā vālē hanstē haĩ ki , haĩ kyā aur kahtē kyā haĩ  ? isliē tō duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hãsnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] , hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyā aur kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? therefore then world those who laugh out[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that , be[pres.pl.12hon3] what and say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

154This is why people of the world laugh at you and say: Look at what you are and what you say!

125तो अधिकार को सदा स्मृति में रख कदम उठाओ . tō adhikār kō sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rakh kadam uṭhāō . tō adhikār[x] kō[postp.] sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[root] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then right to constantly awareness in keep[root] step uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

155So constantly keep your rights in your awareness before you take any step.

126इमर्ज रूप में रखो , मर्ज रूप में नहीं . emerge rūp mē̃ rakhō , merge rūp mē̃ nahī̃ . emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , merge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . emerge Rup in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , merge Rup in not .

156Keep them in an emerged form, not in a merged form.

127हैं तो ब्रह्माकुमार , हैं ही बाबा के … ऐसे नहीं . haĩ tō brahmākumār , haĩ hī bābā K|kē … aisē nahī̃ . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] bābā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] … aisē nahī̃[x] . be[pres.pl.12hon3] then Brahma Kumar , be[pres.pl.12hon3] only Baba (K|of) … it isn't that .

157"I am a Brahma Kumar, I belong to Baba". 158Do not just think this.

128इमर्ज रूप में , मन में , बुद्धि में , कर्म में इमर्ज रखो . emerge rūp mē̃ , man mē̃ , buddhi mē̃ , karma mē̃ emerge rakhō . emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] emerge rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . emerge Rup in , mind in , intellect in , deed in emerge keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

159Let it be in an emerged form; let it be in an emerged form in your mind, in your intellect and in your actions.

129मन में ये संकल्प इमर्ज हो कि मैं ये हूँ , बुद्धि में स्मृति स्वरूप हो और कर्म में अधिकारी के निश्चय और नशे से हर कर्म हो . man mē̃ yē saṅkalp emerge hō ki maĩ yē hū̃ , buddhi mē̃ smr̥iti svarūp hō aur karma mē̃ adhikārī K|kē niśhchay aur naśhē sē har|her karma hō . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] smr̥iti svarūp[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . mind in this thought emerge (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that I this be[pres.sg.1] , intellect in x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and deed in (one) who has a right (K|of) faith and intoxication from (x[root]|x) deed (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

160Let there be this thought in your mind in an emerged form: "I am this". 161Let there be this awareness in your intellect, and let your every action be filled with the intoxication and faith of being one who has a right.

130ऐसे नहीं , अमृतवेले तो इमर्ज रहता है फिर सारे दिन में मर्ज हो जाता है . aisē nahī̃ , amr̥itvēlē tō emerge rahtā hai phir sārē din mē̃ merge hō jātā hai . aisē nahī̃[x] , amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō emerge rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] merge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . it isn't that , amrit vela then emerge remain[pres.sg.m.23] (then|turn[root]) the whole day in merge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

162It should not be that it remains in an emerged form at amrit vela, and then it becomes merged throughout the day; no.

131नहीं , सदा इमर्ज रूप में रहे . nahī̃ , sadā emerge rūp mē̃ rahē . nahī̃[neg] , sadā emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] . not , constantly emerge Rup in (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) .

163Let it constantly be in an emerged form.

132तो जमा का खाता बढ़ाओ . tō jamā kā khātā baṛhāō . tō jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then saving account increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

164So what do you have to do?

133तीव्र गति से बढ़ाना , ढीला ­ ढाला नहीं करना . tīvr gati sē baṛhānā , ḍhīlā ­ ḍhālā nahī̃ karnā . tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] baṛhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ­ ḍhālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . intense speed from increase[inf.m.sg.d.] , x ­ x[past-part.m.sg.d.] not do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 134क्योंकि समय आप मास्टर रचयिता के लिये रूका हुआ है . kyōṅki samay āp master rachayitā K|kē liyē rūkā huā hai . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] master rachayitā[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ruknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . because time you master Creator (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] stop[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

165Increase your account of accumulation. 166Increase it with a fast speed, not slowly, because time is waiting for you, the master creators.

135अभी भी प्रकृति को ऑर्डर करें तो क्या नहीं कर सकती है  ? abhī bhī prakr̥iti kō order karē̃ tō kyā nahī̃ kar saktī hai  ? ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] order karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō kyā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ? now too matter to order do[opt.pl.12hon3] then what not do[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ?

167So if we were to order the elements now, what could they not do?

136अगर पांचों ही तत्व हलचल मचाना शुरू कर दें तो क्या नहीं हो सकता और कितने में हो सकता  ? agar pāñchō̃ hī tatva halchal machānā śhurū kar dē̃ tō kyā nahī̃ hō saktā aur kitnē mē̃ hō saktā  ? agar pāñchō̃[adj.] hī[p.] tatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] halchal[x] machānā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] tō kyā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? if x only element upheaval x[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] then what not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and so in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

168What would not be possible if all the five elements were to begin to create upheaval now? 169And how long would it take?

137तो समय , प्रकृति और माया विदाई के लिये इन्तजार कर रही है . tō samay , prakr̥iti aur māyā vidāī K|kē liyē intjār kar rahī hai . tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , prakr̥iti[x] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . then time , matter and Maya farewell (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] wait do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

170Time, the elements and Maya are waiting for you to bid farewell.

138आप सम्पूर्णता की बधाइयाँ मनाओ तो वो विदाई लेकर ही जायेगी . āp sampūrṇtā key|kī badhāiyā̃ manāō tō vō vidāī lēkar hī jāyēgī . āp[pn.pl.] sampūrṇtā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō vah[pn.;d.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[abs.] hī[p.] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . you perfection (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) greetings celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then that farewell take[abs.] only go[fut.f.sg.23] .

171If you celebrate your completion and perfection, then they would bid you farewell as they go.

139माया भी देखती है अभी ये तैयार नहीं हैं तो चांस लेती रहती है . māyā bhī dēkhtī hai abhī yē taiyār nahī̃ haĩ tō chance lētī rahtī hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.23] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō chance lēnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . Maya too see[pres.sg.f.23] now this x not be[pres.pl.12hon3] then chance take[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

172Maya also sees that you are not yet ready and so she continues to take her chance.

140प्रकृति को ऑर्डर करें  ? prakr̥iti kō order karē̃  ? prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] order karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? matter to order do[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

173Should we order the elements?

141पुरूष तैयार हैं  ? purūṣh taiyār haĩ  ? purūṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? man x be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

174Are the beings, the people, ready?

142प्रकृति तो तैयार हो जायेगी . prakr̥iti tō taiyār hō jāyēgī . prakr̥iti[x] tō taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . matter then x be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

175The elements will then be ready.

143ऑर्डर करें  ? order karē̃  ? order karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? order do[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

176Should we order them?

144कि ज्ञान सरोवर तैयार हो पीछे ऑर्डर करें  ? ki gyān sarōvar taiyār hō pīchhē order karē̃  ? ki[conj.] gyān sarōvar[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] pīchhē order karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? that Gyan Sarovar x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x order do[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

177Or should we order them after Gyan Sarovar is ready?

145ऐसे एवररेडी हो , कि रेडी हो  ? aisē ever ready hō , ki ready hō  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ever ready hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , ki[conj.] ready hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? such ever-ready (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that ready (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

178Are you ever­ready to this extent?

146शक्तियाँ एवररेडी हैं  ? śhaktiyā̃ ever ready haĩ  ? śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? Shakti ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

179Or are you only ready, not ever­ready?

147सम्पूर्ण हो गये  ? sampūrṇ hō gayē  ? sampūrṇ[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ? complete be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ?

180Are the Shaktis ever­ready?

148थोड़े को तो एवररेडी नहीं कहेंगे ना  ? thōṛē kō tō ever ready nahī̃ kahē̃gē nā  ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] tō ever ready nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? short to then ever-ready not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

181If only a few are ready, that is not being ever­ready, is it?

149ये सोचो , चेक करो कि अगर इस घड़ी भी महाविनाश हो जाये तो अपनी तस्वीर देखो नॉलेज के आइने में , कि मैं क्या बनूँगा  ? yē sōchō , check karō ki agar is ghaṛī bhī mahāvināśh hō jāyē tō apnī taṣhwīr dēkhō knowledge K|kē āinē mē̃ , ki maĩ kyā banū̃gā  ? yah[pn.pl.d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] agar yah[pn.sg.o.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] mahāvināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] taṣhwīr[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] knowledge K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āinā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] , ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kyā bannā[fut.m.sg.1]  ? this think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that if this moment too x be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then one’s own x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] knowledge (K|of) mirror in , that I what become[fut.m.sg.1]  ?

182Just think about this and check: if the great destruction were to take place now, and you looked at your picture in the mirror of knowledge, what would you become?

150आइना तो सबके पास है ना  ? āinā tō sabkē pās|pass hai nā  ? āinā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? mirror then everyone's (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

183All of you have a mirror, do you not?

151क्लीयर है ना  ? clear hai nā  ? clear hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? x be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

184It is not broken, is it?

152तो अपने तकदीर की तस्वीर देखो . tō apnē takdīr key|kī taṣhwīr dēkhō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] takdīr[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taṣhwīr[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then one’s own fortune (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

185So look at the picture. 186Look at the picture of your fortune.

153बाप को क्या टाइम लगेगा  ? bāp kō kyā time lagēgā  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyā time lagnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? father to what time x[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

187Would it take some time for Baba to look at this?

154जब ब्रह्मा के लिये गायन है कि संकल्प से सृष्टि रच ली तो क्या संकल्प से विनाश नहीं हो सकता  ? jab brahmā K|kē liyē gāyan hai ki saṅkalp sē sr̥iṣhṭi rach lī tō kyā saṅkalp sē vināśh nahī̃ hō saktā  ? jab brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] rachnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] tō kyā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? when Brahma (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x be[pres.sg.23] that thought from world x[past-part.f..root+lēnā] then what thought from destruction not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

188Since it is remembered for Brahma that he created a world with just one thought, then can destruction not take place with just one thought?

155बाप जानते हैं राजधानी चलनी है तो उसमें एक ब्रह्मा क्या करेगा  ? bāp jāntē haĩ rājdhānī chalnī hai tō usmē̃ ēk brahmā kyā karēgā  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ēk[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? father know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kingdom continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then that[.mē̃] one Brahma what do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

189Baba knows that the kingdom has to continue, but what would Brahma alone do in a kingdom?

156साथी चाहिये ना  ? sāthī chāhiyē nā  ? sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē nā  ? companion should ∅  ?

190He needs companions, does he not?

157तो ब्रह्मा बाप भी आप साथियों के लिये रूके हुए हैं . tō brahmā bāp bhī āp sāthiyō̃ K|kē liyē rūkē huē haĩ . tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ruknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then Brahma father too you companion (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] stop[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

191So father Brahma is also waiting for his companions. 192Baba is asking the children a question.

158तो बाप बच्चों से प्रश्न करते हैं , बच्चे तो बाप से प्रश्न बहुत कर चुके हैं . tō bāp bachchō̃ sē praśhna kartē haĩ , bachchē tō bāp sē praśhna bahut kar chukē haĩ . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] . then father child from question do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , child then father from question very do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] .

193Children have already asked Baba many questions. 194Now Baba is asking the children a question: to fix the date.

159अभी बाप बच्चों से प्रश्न करते हैं कि डेट फिक्स करो . abhī bāp bachchō̃ sē praśhna kartē haĩ ki date fix karō . ab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] date fix[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now father child from question do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that fix a date do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

195You fix a date for everything, do you not?

160सभी काम की डेट फिक्स करते हो ना  ? sabhī kām key|kī date fix kartē hō nā  ? sab[adv.hī] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] date fix[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? all (task|lust) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) fix a date do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

196You have fixed a date, have you not?

161तो इसकी भी डेट फिक्स करो , इसका भी मुहूर्त होना है ना . tō iskī bhī date fix karō , iskā bhī muhūrt hōnā hai nā . tō yah[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] date fix[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] muhūrt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . then this[.kī] too fix a date do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this[.kā] too time be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

197So now fix the date for this. 198The inauguration for this also has to take place.

162ज्ञान सरोवर की भी डेट फिक्स है , हॉस्पिटल की भी डेट फिक्स है . gyān sarōvar key|kī bhī date fix hai , hospital key|kī bhī date fix hai . gyān sarōvar[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] date fix[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hospital key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] date fix[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Gyan Sarovar (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too fix a date be[pres.sg.23] , hospital (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too fix a date be[pres.sg.23] .

199The date for Gyan Sarovar is fixed, the date for the hospital is fixed; so what is the date for this?

163इसकी डेट क्या है  ? iskī date kyā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.kī] date kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? this[.kī] date what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

200Who has to fix this?

164ये किसको फिक्स करनी है  ? yē kiskō fix karnī hai  ? yah[pn.pl.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] fix karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? this who[.kō] fix do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

201Does anyone want to fix it?

165बाप को नहीं करनी है . bāp kō nahī̃ karnī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . father to not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

202Baba does not have to fix it.

166ये बाप ने आप बच्चों के हाथ में दिया है . yē bāp nē āp bachchō̃ K|kē hāth mē̃ diyā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this father ∅ you child (K|of) hand in give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

203Baba has left this in your hands. 204You will also do something, will you not?

167कोई काम तो आप भी करेंगे , कि सब बाप करेंगे  ? kōī kām tō āp bhī karē̃gē , ki sab bāp karē̃gē  ? kōī[pn.;d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ki[conj.] sab[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? some (task|lust) then you too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that all father do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

205Or, will Baba do everything? 206You will create a programme, will you not?

168डेट फिक्स का प्रोग्राम बनाना . date fix kā programme banānā . date fix[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . fix a date of programme create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

207Make a programme to fix the date.

169अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

208Achcha.

170 ( नये बच्चों को देखते हुए ) देखो , आप नये ­ नये बच्चे जो आये हैं , आप से सबका कितना प्यार है  ? ( nayē bachchō̃ kō dēkhtē huē ) dēkhō , āp nayē ­ nayē bachchē jō āyē haĩ , āp sē sabkā kitnā pyār hai  ? ( nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] sē[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? ( new child to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you new ­ new child that come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , you from everyone's so love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

209(Looking at the new children):Look, everyone has so much love for all of you new ones who have come. 210Everyone has so much love for all of you.

171पहला चांस आप सबको ही देते हैं . pahlā chance āp sabkō hī dētē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance āp[pn.pl.] sabkō hī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x chance you everything only give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

211You have been given the first chance.

172सब खुशराजी हैं  ? sab khuśarājī haĩ  ? sab[adj.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? all x be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

212Are all of you happy and content?

173कितने पैर पृथ्वी मिली है  ? kitnē pair pr̥ithvī milī hai  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pair[n.m.;sg.,d.] pr̥ithvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ? so foot x receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ?

213Achcha, how many feet of land have you been given?

174दो पैर या तीन पैर  ? dō pair yā tīn pair  ? dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] pair[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā tīn[adj.] pair[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) foot or x foot  ?

214Two or three? 215Two feet.

175 ( दो पैर ) दो पैर में भी राजी तो हो , तकलीफ तो नहीं है ना  ? ( dō pair ) dō pair mē̃ bhī rājī tō hō , taklīph tō nahī̃ hai nā  ? ( dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] pair[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] pair[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] rāzī[adj.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , taklīph[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? ( (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) foot ) (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) foot in too pleased then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , difficulty then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

216You haven't been given even two feet of land. 217You are happy with even two feet, are you not?

176खाना ­ पीना तो अच्छा मिल रहा है ना  ? khānā ­ pīnā tō achchhā mil rahā hai nā  ? khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ­ pīnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā  ? (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) ­ drink[inf.m.sg.d.] then achcha receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅  ?

218You do not have any difficulty, do you? 219You are receiving good food and drink, are you not?

177मेले में ऐसी पालना और कोई की हो ही नहीं सकती . mēlē mē̃ aisī pālnā aur kōī kī hō hī nahī̃ saktī . mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur kōī[x] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . fair in such (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) someone else do[pres-perf.pl.f.2] only not can[pres-part.f.] .

220They are the best you could get, are they not? 221No one else could be sustained in this way in a mela.

178मेले देखे हैं ना  ? mēlē dēkhē haĩ nā  ? mēlā[x] dēkhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ? fair see[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  ?

222You have seen melas, have you not?

179ऐसा ब्रह्मा भोजन , ऐसा परमात्म परिवार कहाँ मिलता है  ? aisā brahmā bhōjan , aisā paramātma parivār kahā̃ miltā hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brahmā bhōjan[x] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ milnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? such Brahma bhojan , such Supreme Soul family where receive[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

223Did you ever receive such Brahma bhojan anywhere else? 224Can you find such a Godly family anywhere else?

180सर्दी लगती है  ? sardī lagtī hai  ? sardī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? cold x[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

225Are you feeling cold?

181मौसम की भी मिठाई होती है . mausam key|kī bhī miṭhāī hōtī hai . mausam[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] miṭhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too sweet be[pres.sg.f.23] .

226There is the sweetness of the climate.

182तो येसर्दी भी मौसम की मिठाई है , मिठाई तो खानी चाहिये ना  ? tō yēsardī bhī mausam key|kī miṭhāī hai , miṭhāī tō khānī chāhiyē nā  ? tō x bhī[p.] mausam[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] miṭhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , miṭhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō khānā[.oblig3] nā  ? then x too x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sweet be[pres.sg.23] , sweet then eat[.oblig3] ∅  ?

227So, this cold is also the sweetness of the climate, and so you should eat the sweet, should you not?

183सबको शालों की सौगात तो मिलती है ना  ? sabkō śhālō̃ key|kī saugāt tō miltī hai nā  ? sabkō śhāl[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] tō milnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā  ? everything x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) gift then receive[pres.sg.f.23] ∅  ?

228Each of you receives a shawl as a gift, do you not?

184कोई मेले में ऐसी सौगात मिलती है या खाली होकर आते हो  ? kōī mēlē mē̃ aisī saugāt miltī hai yā khālī hōkar ātē hō  ? kōī[pn.;d.] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] yā khālī[adj.] hōnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? some fair in such gift receive[pres.sg.f.23] or empty be[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

229Do you ever receive such a gift in any mela? 230Do you receive such a gift or do you comeback empty?

185अच्छा-नयों की दिल पूरी हुई , मधुबन देख लिया  ? acchā-nayō̃ key|kī dil pūrī huī , madhuban dēkh liyā  ? x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]  ? x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) heart (puri|full) be[past-part.f.] , Madhuban see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]  ?

231Achcha, the desires of the new ones have been fulfilled. 232Have you seen Madhuban?

186पहले स्वप्न में था , अभी साकार में हो गया . pahlē svapn mē̃ thā , abhī sākār mē̃ hō gayā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past.m.sg] , ab[adv.hī] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (x|firstly) dream in be[past.m.sg] , now sakar in be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

233Previously, it was only in your dreams; now it has taken a physical form.

187कितना भी स्थान बढ़ायेंगे लेकिन कम होना ही है . kitnā bhī sthān baṛhāyēṅgē lēkin kam hōnā hī hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin kam hōnā[x] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so too place increase[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but decrease only be[pres.sg.23] .

234No matter how large you make this place, it will still be small. 235Why?

188क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ? 189सोचो , अभी 9 लाख जमा हुए हैं  ? sōchō , abhī 9 lākh jamā huē haĩ  ? sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] 9 lākh[x] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now 9 100,000 (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

236Just think: have you gathered together nine hundred thousand?

190पहले जन्म की संख्या ही तैयार नहीं हुई है . pahlē janm key|kī saṅkhyā hī taiyār nahī̃ huī hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] taiyār[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (x|firstly) (be born[root]|life) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x only x not be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

237You have not even prepared the population of the first number birth.

191वो तो होनी है ना  ? vō tō hōnī hai nā  ? vah[pn.;d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ? that then be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  ? 192कितने मकान बनायेंगे  ? kitnē makān banāyēṅgē  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? so building create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

238They have to be prepared, do they not?

193कितने ज्ञान सरोवर बनायेंगे  ? kitnē gyān sarōvar banāyēṅgē  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gyān sarōvar[x] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? so Gyan Sarovar create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

239How many buildings will you build?

194सभी कहते हैं संख्या बढ़ाओ . sabhī kahtē haĩ saṅkhyā baṛhāō . sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

240How many Gyan Sarovars will you build?

195जितना संख्या बढ़ायेंगे , उतनी संख्या दूसरे वर्ष और हो जायेगी तो क्या करेंगे  ? jitnā saṅkhyā baṛhāyēṅgē , utnī saṅkhyā dūsrē varṣh aur hō jāyēgī tō kyā karē̃gē  ? jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? the more x increase[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x x other year and be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 196जितना मिले उतने में राजी रहो . jitnā milē utnē mē̃ rājī rahō . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] rāzī[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the more (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) x in pleased remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

241All of you say: Increase the numbers, increase the numbers; but no matter how much you increase the numbers, the next year they will increase by just the same number.

197मेला भी करना है ना  ? mēlā bhī karnā hai nā  ? mēlā[x] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ? fair too do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  ?

242What will you do then?

198 ( तलहटी में ब्राह्मणों का विशाल संगठन होना है ) ये तो मेले में आने नहीं हैं , ये तो आ गये . ( talahṭī mē̃ brāhmaṇō̃ kā viśhāl saṅgaṭhan hōnā hai ) yē tō mēlē mē̃ ānē nahī̃ haĩ , yē tō ā gayē . ( talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhāl[adj.] saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) yah[pn.pl.d.] tō mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . ( x in Brahmin of broad and unlimited gathering be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ) this then fair in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this then come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

243Remain contented with whatever you receive. 244You are going to have a mela, are you not (At Talheti)? 245Not all of you are going to go to the mela.

199दूसरों के लिये इतना बड़ा मेला पसन्द है  ? dūsrō̃ K|kē liyē itnā baṛā mēlā pasand hai  ? dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? other (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] such very fair love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

246You have already come here. 247So, do you like this for the others?

200दस हजार सोयेंगे  ! das hajār sōyēṅgē  ! das[adj.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! x 1000 sleep[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

248Would you like such a huge mela?

201भीड़ नहीं हो जायेगी  ? bhīṛ nahī̃ hō jāyēgī  ? bhīṛ[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā]  ? x not be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā]  ?

249Will ten thousand be able to sleep there?

202ये तो समझते हैं हमको तो चांस मिलना नहीं है . yē tō samajhtē haĩ hamkō tō chance milnā nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.kō] tō chance milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we[.kō] then chance receive[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

250Will there not be a huge rush? 251You know that you are not going to get another chance.

203इन्तजार की घड़ियाँ भी प्यारी होती हैं . intjār key|kī ghaṛiyā̃ bhī pyārī hōtī haĩ . intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . wait (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) moment too loving be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

252The moments of anticipation are also lovely.

204एक साल के बाद जाना है-ये इन्तजार होता है ना  ? ēk sāl kē bād jānā hai-yē intjār hōtā hai nā  ? ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? one year after (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) x wait be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

253You keep waiting in anticipation, thinking that you are going to go there again after one year.

205तो इन्तजार में पुरूषार्थ कितना अच्छा चलता है  ! tō intjār mē̃ purūṣhārth kitnā achchhā chaltā hai  ! tō intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] puruṣhārth kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ! then wait in effort so achcha continue[pres.sg.m.23]  !

254You are able to make such good effort whilst waiting.

206और जब होकर चले जायेंगे तो देख लिया , फिर क्या होगा  ? aur jab hōkar chalē jāyēṅgē tō dēkh liyā , phir kyā hōgā  ? aur jab hōnā[abs.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.passive] tō dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? and when be[abs.] (continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.passive]) then see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , (then|turn[root]) what be[fut.m.sg.23]  ? 207फिर अलबेलापन आयेगा  ? phir albēlāpan āyēgā  ? phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? (then|turn[root]) carelessness come[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

255And then, when you go back having been here, you will have then seen everything; so what happens then?

208नहीं आयेगा  ? nahī̃ āyēgā  ? nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? not come[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

256Will you become careless then?

209और आगे बढ़ेंगे  ? aur āgē baṛhē̃gē  ? aur āgē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? and previously grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

257Will carelessness not come?

210ये भी ड्रामा में जो विधि बनी है वो बहुत ही फायदे वाली है . yē bhī drama mē̃ jō vidhi banī hai vō bahut hī phāydē vālī hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] drama mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.;d.] bahut hī[p.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too drama in that method become[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that very only profit those who be[pres.sg.23] .

258Will you move forward even further? 259The method that has been created within the drama is very beneficial.

211एक साल में पक्के तो हो जाते हो ना  ? ēk sāl mē̃ pakkē tō hō jātē hō nā  ? ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā  ? one year in firm then be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅  ?

260You become strong in one year.

212नहीं तो कच्चे ­ कच्चे आ जाते फिर युद्ध करनी पड़ती . nahī̃ tō kachchē ­ kachchē ā jātē phir yuddha karnī paṛtī . nahī̃ tō[x] kachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ kachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] . otherwise weak ­ weak come[root] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (then|turn[root]) battle (x|do[inf.f.]) fall[pres-part.f.] .

261Otherwise, you come here whilst still weak, and then you have to battle.

213हर साल में आपके यहाँ ( मधुबन में ) इन्टरनेशनल मेले कितने लगते हैं  ? har|her sāl mē̃ āpkē yahā̃ ( madhuban mē̃ ) international mēlē kitnē lagtē haĩ  ? harnā[root]|har|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] yahā̃ ( madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ) international mēlā[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? (x[root]|x) year in you[.kē] here ( Madhuban in ) international fair so x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

262How many international melas do you have here in Madhuban every year?

214अभी भी ये मेला क्या है  ? abhī bhī yē mēlā kyā hai  ? ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] yah[pn.pl.d.] mēlā[x] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? now too this fair what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

263What is this mela even now?

215इन्टरनेशनल है ना  ? international hai nā  ? international hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? international be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

264It is an international mela.

216देशय्विदेश सब तरफ के हैं ना  ? dēśayvidēś sab taraph K|kē haĩ nā  ? x sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? x all direction (K|of) be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

265Those present here are from this land and abroad.

217दुनिया वाले तो सोचते हैं इन्टरनेशनल प्रोग्राम पांच साल में एक किया तो बहुत कर लिया . duniyā vālē tō sōchtē haĩ international programme pāñch sāl mē̃ ēk kiyā tō bahut kar liyā . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] international programme pañch[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bahut karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . world those who then think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] international programme five year in one do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then very do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .

266People of the world think that if they have one international programme in five years, they have done a lot.

218और मधुबन में कितने होते हैं , पता पड़ता है  ? aur madhuban mē̃ kitnē hōtē haĩ , patā paṛtā hai  ? aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? and Madhuban in so be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , knowledge fall[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

267But, can you tell how many international programmes take place in Madhuban?

219इन्टरनेशनल मेला हो गया . international mēlā hō gayā . international mēlā[x] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . international fair be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . 220और सब खुश  ! aur sab khuśh  ! aur sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.]  ! and all happy  !

268This is an international mela, and everyone is happy.

221मजा आता है ना  ? majā ātā hai nā  ? mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? pleasure come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

269You enjoy this, do you not?

222लेकिन आना टर्न पर . lēkin ānā turn par . lēkin ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tum par[postp.]|par[adj.] . but (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) you (at|other) .

270But come in your turn.

223अभी तो देखो दस हजार में भी टेन्ट तो मिलेगा ना  ? abhī tō dēkhō das hajār mē̃ bhī tent tō milēgā nā  ? ab[adv.hī] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] das[adj.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] tent tō milnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ? now then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x 1000 in too x then receive[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  ?

271Now, you will get a tent for ten thousand, will you not?

224आखिर में ये सब साधन समाप्त हो जायेंगे . ākhir mē̃ yē sab sādhan samāpt hō jāyēṅgē . ākhir mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] sab[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . at last in this all facilities finished be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

272Ultimately, all these facilities will finish.

225सारे आबू के पहाड़ों को सोने के स्थान बना लो तो कितने रह सकते हैं  ? sārē ābū K|kē pahāṛō̃ kō sōnē K|kē sthān banā lō tō kitnē rah saktē haĩ  ? sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ābū K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahāṛ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? the whole Abu (K|of) x to (gold|sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (K|of) place create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] then so remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ?

273Even if you were to make the whole of Abu into a place for sleeping, how many would be able to stay here?

226अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

274Achcha.

227दिल्ली ग्रुप - पहले तो दिल्ली वालों को डेट फिक्स करनी पड़ेगी . dillī group - pahlē tō dillī vālō̃ kō date fix karnī paṛēgī . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] group - pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] date fix[x] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . Delhi group - (x|firstly) then Delhi those who to fix a date do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .

275Which zones have come? 276Delhi:First of all, those from Delhi have to fix the date. 277Why?

228क्योंकि देहली को परिस्तान बनाना है ना  ? kyōṅki dēhlī kō paristān banānā hai nā  ? kyōṅki dēhlī kō[postp.] paristān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ? because Delhi to land of angels create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  ?

278Where will you rule? 279You have to make Delhi into Paristhan.

229राज गद्दी तो दिल्ली में होनी है ना  ? rāj gaddī tō dillī mē̃ hōnī hai nā  ? rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] gaddī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ? x throne then Delhi in be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  ?

280The kingdom is going to be in Delhi, is it not?

230तो पहले दिल्ली वालों को तैयारी करनी पड़ेगी तब तो राज्य करेंगे ना  ? tō pahlē dillī vālō̃ kō taiyārī karnī paṛēgī tab tō rājya karē̃gē nā  ? tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] tab tō rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? then (x|firstly) Delhi those who to x do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] for only then then x ∅  ?

281So, those from Delhi have to make the preparations first; only then will you be able to rule.

231तो दिल्ली वाले क्या तैयारी करेंगे  ? tō dillī vālē kyā taiyārī karē̃gē  ? tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then Delhi those who what x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

282You have taken a good chance in sitting at the front.

232दिल्ली वालों को एक्स्ट्रा सेवा करनी पड़ेगी . dillī vālō̃ kō extra sēvā karnī paṛēgī . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] extra sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . Delhi those who to extra service do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . 233क्योंकि एक तो आत्माओं को योग्य और योगी बनाना है , दूसरा धरणी को भी तैयार करना है . kyōṅki ēk tō ātmāō̃ kō yōgya aur yōgī banānā hai , dūsrā dharaṇī kō bhī taiyār karnā hai . kyōṅki ēk[adj.] tō ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yōgya[adj.] aur yōgī[x] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x kō[postp.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because one then soul to worthy and yogi create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , other x to too x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

283What preparations will those from Delhi make? 284Those from Delhi will have to do extra service, because firstly, you have to make the souls worthy, you have to make them yogi, and secondly, you also have to prepare the land.

234तो विशेष अपने वाणी के साथ ­ साथ वृत्ति को और तीव्र गति देनी पड़ेगी . tō viśhēṣh apnē vāṇī kē sāth ­ sāth vr̥itti kō aur tīvr gati dēnī paṛēgī . tō viśhēṣh[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē sāth[x] ­ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] aur tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . then special one’s own words with ­ with attitude to and intense speed give[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . 235क्योंकि वृत्ति से वायुमण्डल बनेगा और वायुमण्डल का प्रभाव प्रकृति पर पड़ेगा , तब तैयार होंगे . kyōṅki vr̥itti sē vāyumaṇḍal banēgā aur vāyumaṇḍal kā prabhāv prakr̥iti par paṛēgā , tab taiyār hōṅgē . kyōṅki vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] aur vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] prakr̥iti[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] , tab taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because attitude from atmosphere become[fut.m.sg.23] and atmosphere of x matter (at|other) fall[fut.m.sg.23] , for only then x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

285So, together with your words, you have to make your attitude even more powerful, because the atmosphere is created through your attitude and the atmosphere will influence the elements; only then will they be ready.

236तो दिल्ली वालों को डबल सेवा का सदा अटेन्शन रखना है . tō dillī vālō̃ kō double sēvā kā sadā attention rakhnā hai . tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] double sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā attention rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then Delhi those who to double service of constantly attention keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

286Those from Delhi constantly pay attention to doing double service and they have to pay attention to this.

237वाणी और वृत्ति दोनों साथ ­ साथ सेवा में लगे रहें . vāṇī aur vr̥itti dōnō̃ sāth ­ sāth sēvā mē̃ lagē rahē̃ . vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dōnō̃ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[opt.pl.12hon3.past-part+rahnā] . words and attitude x with ­ with service in x[opt.pl.12hon3.past-part+rahnā] .

287So, your words and attitude should both be engaged in service at the same time.

238सभी पावरफुल वृत्ति वाले हो ना  ? sabhī powerful vr̥itti vālē hō nā  ? sab[adv.hī] powerful vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? all powerful attitude those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

288Those from Delhi have a powerful attitude, do they not?

239ढीला पुरूषार्थ नहीं करना . ḍhīlā purūṣhārth nahī̃ karnā . ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x effort not do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 240क्योंकि अगर आप देरी करेंगे तो राज्य भी देरी से स्थापन होगा . kyōṅki agar āp dērī karē̃gē tō rājya bhī dērī sē sthāpan hōgā . kyōṅki agar āp[pn.pl.] dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . because if you x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then kingdom too x from establishment be[fut.m.sg.23] .

289Do not make weak effort, because if you take time, it would take time for the kingdom to be established.

241इसलिये दिल्ली वालों को सदा ही डबल सेवा द्वारा तीव्र गति से तैयारी करनी है , राजधानी बनानी है . isliyē dillī vālō̃ kō sadā hī double sēvā dvārā tīvr gati sē taiyārī karnī hai , rājdhānī banānī hai . isliē dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā hī[p.] double sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . therefore Delhi those who to constantly only double service through intense speed from x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , kingdom create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

290Therefore, those from Delhi constantly have to make preparations with a fast speed by doing double service. 291You have to create a kingdom.

242बनायेंगे तो नजदीक भी रहेंगे ना  ? banāyēṅgē tō najdīk bhī rahē̃gē nā  ? banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō nazdīk bhī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then x too remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

292If you create it, then you would also remain close, would you not?

243तो डबल सेवा द्वारा ऐसा पावरफुल वायुमण्डल बनाओ जो प्रकृति भी दासी बन जाये , हलचल करने के बजाय दासी बनकर सेवा करे . tō double sēvā dvārā aisā powerful vāyumaṇḍal banāō jō prakr̥iti bhī dāsī ban jāyē , halchal karnē K|kē bajāy dāsī bankar sēvā karē . tō double sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] powerful vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] dāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , halchal[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bajāē dāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . then double service through such powerful atmosphere create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that matter too maid become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , upheaval do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) x maid become[abs.] service do[opt.sg.23] .

293So what will those from Delhi do? 294Double service. 295Create such a powerful atmosphere that the elements become your servants; instead of creating upheaval, they will serve you as your servants.

244तो देहली निवासी विश्व परिवर्तक तो हो ही लेकिन विश्व में भी राजधानी परिवर्तन के विशेष निमित्त हो . tō dēhlī nivāsī viśhva parivartak tō hō hī lēkin viśhva mē̃ bhī rājdhānī parivartan K|kē viśhēṣh nimitt hō . tō dēhlī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva parivartak[x] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] lēkin viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then Delhi resident world transformer then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only but world in too kingdom transformation (K|of) special instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

296Those from Delhi are those who transform the world, but you are the special instruments to transform the kingdom in the world. 297Do those from Delhi have this intoxication?

245नशा है ना  ? naśhā hai nā  ? naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

298You said "Ha ji" very well in this.

246तो डबल सेवा करनी है , तब ही डबल ताज मिलेगा , ऐसे नहीं मिलेगा . tō double sēvā karnī hai , tab hī double tāj milēgā , aisē nahī̃ milēgā . tō double sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , tab hī[p.] double tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] , aisē nahī̃[x] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then double service do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , for only then only double crown receive[fut.m.sg.23] , it isn't that receive[fut.m.sg.23] .

299So what do you have to do? 300Double service. 301Only then will you receive the double crown.

247सेवाधारी सो ताजधारी . sēvādhārī sō tājdhārī . sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sō|sōnā[root] tājdhārī[adj.] . server (x|sleep[root]) crowned . 248अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

302You want to be those who wear the crown, do you not?

249बम्बई , महाराष्ट्र - बम्बई वाले क्या करेंगे  ? bambaī , mahārāṣhṭra - bambaī vālē kyā karē̃gē  ? bāmbē , mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] - bāmbē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Bombay , Maharashtra - Bombay those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

303Those who are servers also have a crown. 304Is this all right?

250देहली वाले राजधानी तैयार करेंगे , आप प्रजा और राजा ­ रानी तैयार करेंगे  ? dēhlī vālē rājdhānī taiyār karē̃gē , āp prajā aur rājā ­ rānī taiyār karē̃gē  ? dēhlī vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ rāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Delhi those who kingdom x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , you x and king ­ queen x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

305Is this firm for the Shaktis? 306Achcha. 307Bombay, Maharashtra: What will those from Bombay do?

251बाम्बे वालों को विशेष ब्रह्मा बाप का वरदान है . bāmbē vālō̃ kō viśhēṣh brahmā bāp kā vardān hai . bāmbē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bombay those who to special Brahma father of blessing be[pres.sg.23] .

308They will make preparations for the kingdom. 309They will prepare the subjects.

252 ( रमेश भाई से ) कौन ­ सा वरदान है  ? ( ramēśh bhāī sē ) kaun ­ sā vardān hai  ? ( ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.] ) kaun[pn.;d.] ­ sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? ( Rameshbhai from ) who ­ x blessing be[pres.sg.23]  ?

310They will prepare the kings and queens.

253 ( नरदेसावर ) नरदेसावर का अर्थ है सदा सम्पूर्ण , सदा भरपूर . ( naradēsāvar ) naradēsāvar kā arth|earth hai sadā sampūrṇ , sadā bharpūr . ( x ) x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] sadā sampūrṇ[adj.] , sadā bharpūr[adj.] . ( x ) x of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] constantly complete , constantly full .

311Those from Bombay have a special blessing from father Brahma. 312What is that? 313(Newness.) 314Say more.

254कभी कोई कमी नहीं होगी . kabhī kōī kamī nahī̃ hōgī . kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . ever some x not be[fut.f.sg.23] .

315Ramesh is sitting here. 316What blessing do you have?

255नरदेसावर अर्थात् सदा कमाने वाले , कमाने में होशियार . naradēsāvar arthāt sadā kamānē vālē , kamānē mē̃ hōśhiyār . x arthāt sadā kamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] . x that is constantly earn[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , earn[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever .

317(Nardesavar) Nardesavar means to constantly be full and overflowing. 318There will never be anything lacking.

256ऐसे नरदेसावर , सदा भरपूर हो  ? aisē naradēsāvar , sadā bharpūr hō  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x , sadā bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? such x , constantly full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

319Those from Bombay have a special blessing.

257या कभी खाली हो जाते हो  ? yā kabhī khālī hō jātē hō  ? yā kabhī[adv.] khālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ? or ever empty be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ?

320Do those from Bombay remember this?

258इतना भरपूर जो औरों को भी भरपूर करने वाले . itnā bharpūr jō aurō̃ kō bhī bharpūr karnē vālē . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bharpūr[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bharpūr[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . such full that others to too full do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

321Nardesavar means those who are constantly earning; those who are clever in earning.

259बाम्बे वाले राजधानी के राजा ­ रानी और प्रजा तैयार करेंगे . bāmbē vālē rājdhānī K|kē rājā ­ rānī aur prajā taiyār karē̃gē . bāmbē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ rāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Bombay those who kingdom (K|of) king ­ queen and x x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

322Are you such Nardesavars? 323Are you overflowing or do you sometimes become empty?

260बाम्बे वालों का तो बहुत बड़ा काम हो गया  ! bāmbē vālō̃ kā tō bahut baṛā kām hō gayā  ! bāmbē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ! Bombay those who of then very very (task|lust) be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  !

324Are you overflowing to the extent that you are able to make others overflowing?

261देहली वालों को भी राज्य अधिकारी तो बनाने पड़ेंगे . dēhlī vālō̃ kō bhī rājya adhikārī tō banānē paṛē̃gē . dēhlī vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] rājya adhikārī[x] tō banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.oblig2] . Delhi those who to too master then create[fut.m.pl.12hon3.oblig2] .

325So those from Bombay will create the kings, queens and subjects of the kingdom. 326Is this all right?

262क्योंकि अभी भी देखो लास्ट जन्म में भी राज्य अधिकारी तो देहली में ही हैं . kyōṅki abhī bhī dēkhō last janm mē̃ bhī rājya adhikārī tō dēhlī mē̃ hī haĩ . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] last janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] rājya adhikārī[x] tō dēhlī mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because now too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] last (be born[root]|life) in too master then Delhi in only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

327Those from Bombay have to perform a huge task. 328Those from Delhi will also have to create those who have a right to the kingdom.

263तो देहली और बाम्बे दोनों को मिलकर राजधानी जल्दी ­ जल्दी तैयार करनी है . tō dēhlī aur bāmbē dōnō̃ kō milkar rājdhānī jaldī ­ jaldī taiyār karnī hai . tō dēhlī aur bāmbē dōnō̃ kō[postp.] milnā[abs.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jaldī ­ jaldī taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then Delhi and Bombay x to receive[abs.] kingdom very quickly ­ very quickly x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

329Even now, if you look, in the last birth, those who have a right to the kingdom exist in Delhi.

264पसन्द है  ? pasand hai  ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? love be[pres.sg.23]  ? 265डेट भी फिक्स करेंगे ना  ? date bhī fix karē̃gē nā  ? date bhī[p.] fix karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? date too fix do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

330What do those of you from Delhi and Bombay have to do together?

266डेट नहीं भूल जाना . date nahī̃ bhūl jānā . date nahī̃[neg] bhūl jānā[x] . date not x[x] .

331You have to create the kingdom very quickly.

267देहली और बाम्बे वाले जब कहेंगे राजधानी तैयार हो गई तब तो काम होगा ना  ? dēhlī aur bāmbē vālē jab kahē̃gē rājdhānī taiyār hō gaī tab tō kām hōgā nā  ? dēhlī aur bāmbē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jab kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] tab tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ? Delhi and Bombay those who when say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kingdom x be[past-part.f..root+jānā] for only then then (task|lust) be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  ?

332Is this all right? 333Do you like this? 334Achcha, you will also fix a date, will you not? 335Do not forget the date.

268राज्य अधिकारी हो नहीं और राज्य तैयार हो जाये , कैसे होगा  ? rājya adhikārī hō nahī̃ aur rājya taiyār hō jāyē , kaisē hōgā  ? rājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] aur rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not and kingdom x be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , how be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

336Everything will be accomplished when those from Delhi and Bombay say that the kingdom has been created.

269बाम्बे में सेवा के रत्न भी अच्छे ­ अच्छे हैं . bāmbē mē̃ sēvā K|kē ratna bhī achchhē ­ achchhē haĩ . bāmbē mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Bombay in service (K|of) jewel too achcha ­ achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

337How is it possible for the kingdom to be created when those who have a right to the kingdom are not ready?

270अच्छे हैं या अच्छे ते अच्छे हैं  ? achchhē haĩ yā achchhē tē achchhē haĩ  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] or achcha from achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

338It is good. 339There are good serviceable jewels in Bombay.

271बाप कहते हैं अच्छे ते अच्छे हैं . bāp kahtē haĩ achchhē tē achchhē haĩ . bāp kahtē haĩ[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . the Father says achcha from achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

340Are you good or the best of all? 341Speak.

272देखो , एक ­ एक रत्न , पुराने ­ पुराने रत्न गिनती करो तो कितने अच्छे हैं . dēkhō , ēk ­ ēk ratna , purānē ­ purānē ratna gintī karō tō kitnē achchhē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] ­ ēk[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] , purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ­ purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one ­ one jewel , old ­ old jewel (x[pres-part.f.]|x) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then so achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

342Baba says: You are the best of all. 343Look, if you count each old jewel, if you count them, they are so good.

273दिल्ली में भी हैं , बाम्बे में भी हैं . dillī mē̃ bhī haĩ , bāmbē mē̃ bhī haĩ . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bāmbē mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Delhi in too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Bombay in too be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 274क्योंकि आदि से सेवा के निमित्त बने हो . kyōṅki ādi sē sēvā kē nimitt banē hō . kyōṅki ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . because etc. from service x become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

344They exist in Delhi and also in Bombay, because they have been instruments for service from the beginning.

275ऐसे तो गुजरात भी कम नहीं हैं . aisē tō gujarāt bhī cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō gujarāt bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . such then Gujarat too (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 276गुजरात लास्ट सो फास्ट है और ये आदि हैं . gujarāt last sō fast hai aur yē ādi haĩ . gujarāt last sō|sōnā[root] fast hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur yah[pn.pl.d.] ādi[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Gujarat last (x|sleep[root]) fast be[pres.sg.23] and this etc. be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

345Gujarat is no less either. 346Gujarat has come last and is going fast and these have existed from the beginning.

277गुजरात ने वृद्धि बहुत जल्दी की है . gujarāt nē vr̥iddhi bahut jaldī kī hai . gujarāt nē[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bahut jaldī karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . Gujarat ∅ growth very very quickly do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 278नागपुर , पूना - नागपुर वा पूना वाले राजधानी में विशेष क्या करेंगे  ? nāgapur , pūnā - nāgapur vā pūnā vālē rājdhānī mē̃ viśhēṣh kyā karē̃gē  ? x , pūnā - x vā pūnā vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? x , x - x or x those who kingdom in special what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

347Gujarat has expanded very quickly. 348Nagpur, Poona:Achcha, what will those from Nagpur do especially in the kingdom? 349You are part of Maharashtra, and so what will you do?

279राजधानी को सजायेंगे  ? rājdhānī kō sajāyēṅgē  ? rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? kingdom to decorate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

350Will you decorate the kingdom?

280महाराष्ट्र सजाने की ड्युटी ज्यादा लेता है ना  ? mahārāṣhṭra sajānē key|kī duty jyādā lētā hai nā  ? mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duty jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? Maharashtra decorate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) duty more take[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

351Maharashtra takes up the duty of decorations a great deal, does it not?

281कितना भी तैयार हो जाये कोई लेकिन सजावट नहीं तो कुछ नहीं . kitnā bhī taiyār hō jāyē kōī lēkin sajāvaṭ nahī̃ tō kuchh nahī̃ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] kōī[pn.;d.] lēkin sajāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] kuchh nahī̃[neg] . so too x be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] some but decoration otherwise anything not .

352No matter how ready people are, if they haven't put on any decorations, it is nothing.

282तो महाराष्ट्र वाले राजधानी को सजायेंगे . tō mahārāṣhṭra vālē rājdhānī kō sajāyēṅgē . tō mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then Maharashtra those who kingdom to decorate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

353Those from Maharashtra will decorate the kingdom.

283सजाने के लिये साधन तैयार करने पड़ते हैं ना  ? sajānē K|kē liyē sādhan taiyār karnē paṛtē haĩ nā  ? sajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] nā  ? decorate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] facilities x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] ∅  ?

354What do you have to do to decorate something? 355You have to prepare all the facilities.

284तो महाराष्ट्र वाले सदा अपने सहयोग से सहयोगी आत्माओं को निमित्त बनायेंगे . tō mahārāṣhṭra vālē sadā apnē sahyōg sē sahyōgī ātmāō̃ kō nimitt banāyēṅgē . tō mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then Maharashtra those who constantly one’s own cooperation from co-operative soul to instrument create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

356Those from Maharashtra will constantly make co­operative souls instrumental with their co­operation.

285क्योंकि जितना आगे चलते जायेंगे , सहयोगी आत्मायें सदा ही सहयोग के हाथ बढ़ाते हुए परिवर्तन में आगे बढ़ेंगे . kyōṅki jitnā āgē chaltē jāyēṅgē , sahyōgī ātmāyē̃ sadā hī sahyōg K|kē hāth baṛhātē huē parivartan mē̃ āgē baṛhē̃gē . kyōṅki jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] , sahyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā hī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because the more previously continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] , co-operative soul constantly only cooperation (K|of) hand increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] transformation in previously grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

357The further you progress, the more the co­operative souls will come forward and give their hand of co­operation for bringing about transformation.

286ब्राह्मणों के जोन में तो महाराष्ट्र बहुत बड़ा है ना  ? brāhmaṇō̃ K|kē zone mē̃ tō mahārāṣhṭra bahut baṛā hai nā  ? brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone mē̃[postp.] tō mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? Brahmin (K|of) zone in then Maharashtra very very be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

358Maharashtra covers a large area. 359In the zones of Brahmins, Maharashtra is vast.

287तो जैसे अभी भी सेवा में , हर कार्य में सहयोगी बनते हो और आगे भी अनेक सहयोगी आत्माओं द्वारा राजधानी को सजाने में सहयोगी बनेंगे . tō jaisē abhī bhī sēvā mē̃ , har|her kārya mē̃ sahyōgī bantē hō aur āgē bhī anēk sahyōgī ātmāō̃ dvārā rājdhānī kō sajānē mē̃ sahyōgī banē̃gē . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] aur āgē bhī[p.] anēk[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then like now too service in , (x[root]|x) task in co-operative become[pres.pl.m.2] and previously too many co-operative soul through kingdom to decorate[inf.m.pl.,o.] in co-operative become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

360So, even now, they are co­operative in service in all four directions, and in the future also, many co­operative souls will co­operate in decorating the kingdom.

288तो महाराष्ट्र वाले सहयोग देने में और सहयोगी बनाने में अच्छे निमित्त हैं और आगे भी रहेंगे . tō mahārāṣhṭra vālē sahyōg dēnē mē̃ aur sahyōgī banānē mē̃ achchhē nimitt haĩ aur āgē bhī rahē̃gē . tō mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] aur sahyōgī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur āgē bhī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then Maharashtra those who cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in and co-operative create[inf.m.pl.,o.] in achcha instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] and previously too remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

361Those from Maharashtra are very good instruments in giving co­operation and making others souls co­ operative, and they will remain good instruments too.

289ऐसे हैं ना  ? aisē haĩ nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? such be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

362It is like this, is it not?

290योग शिविर में भी सबसे ज्यादा महाराष्ट्र के आते हैं ना और ब्राह्मण परिवार में संख्या किसकी ज्यादा आती है  ? yōg śhivir mē̃ bhī sabsē jyādā mahārāṣhṭra K|kē ātē haĩ nā aur brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ saṅkhyā kiskī jyādā ātī hai  ? yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhivir[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? yoga camp in too the most more Maharashtra (K|of) come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ and Brahmin family in x who[.kī] more come[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

363Where do the maximum number of people come from for the yoga camps? 364From Maharashtra. 365Where do the large numbers within the Brahmin family come from? 366Maharashtra.

291 ( महाराष्ट्र की ) अच्छा है , वृद्धि है और सहयोग की विधि से सफलता को पाते रहना ही है . ( mahārāṣhṭra key|kī ) achchhā hai , vr̥iddhi hai aur sahyōg key|kī vidhi sē saphaltā kō pātē rahnā hī hai . ( mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Maharashtra (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , growth be[pres.sg.23] and cooperation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) method from success to x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 292समझा  ? samjhā  ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ?

367It is good. 368There is good expansion and, with the method of co­operation, you will continue to receive success. 369Whether you are from Poona or Nagpur or anywhere else, did those from Maharashtra understand?

293अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

370Achcha.

294भोपाल - भोपाल वाले राजधानी में क्या तैयारी करेंगे  ? bhōpāl - bhōpāl vālē rājdhānī mē̃ kyā taiyārī karē̃gē  ? bhōpāl - bhōpāl vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kyā taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Bhopal - Bhopal those who kingdom in what x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

371Bhopal (Madhya Pradesh):What preparations will those from Bhopal make for the kingdom?

295भोपाल वाले नगाड़ा बजायेंगे . bhōpāl vālē nagāṛā bajāyēṅgē . bhōpāl vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nagāṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Bhopal those who drum play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

372Speak. 373Those from Bhopal will beat the drums.

296वैसे भी जब तक नगाड़ा नहीं बजेगा तो तैयारी कैसे होगी  ? vaisē bhī jab tak nagāṛā nahī̃ bajēgā tō taiyārī kaisē hōgī  ? vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] jab tak[x] nagāṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bajnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? x too as long as drum not x[fut.m.sg.23] then x how be[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

374How can all preparations be complete unless the drums are beaten?

297तो भोपाल वाले बहुत जोरशोर से चारों ओर नगाड़ा बजायेंगे . tō bhōpāl vālē bahut jōraśōr sē chārō̃ ōr nagāṛā bajāyēṅgē . tō bhōpāl vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut x sē[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] nagāṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then Bhopal those who very x from everywhere drum play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

375Those from Bhopal will beat the drums very loudly in all four directions.

298क्या नगाड़ा बजायेंगे  ? kyā nagāṛā bajāyēṅgē  ? kyā nagāṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? what drum play[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

376What drums will you beat?

299बाप आ गया , वर्सा ले लो-ये नगाड़ा बजायेंगे . bāp ā gayā , varsā lē lō-yē nagāṛā bajāyēṅgē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] x nagāṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , inheritance (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) x drum play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

377"The Father has come, come and claim your inheritance".

300नक्शे के हिसाब से भी मध्य प्रदेश है ना . nakśhē K|kē hisāb sē bhī madhya pradēśh hai nā . nakśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . map (K|of) account from too middle x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

378You will beat these drums. 379Geographically, on the map, it is in the middle.

301वैसे भी जब कोई आवाज फैलाना होता है तो बीच में खड़े होकर फैलायेंगे ना  ? vaisē bhī jab kōī āvāj phailānā hōtā hai tō bīch mē̃ khaṛē hōkar phailāyēṅgē nā  ? vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] jab kōī[pn.;d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] tō bīch mē̃[postp.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] phailānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? x too when some noise spread[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] then centre in standing be[abs.] spread[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

380If you want to spread any sound, where would you stand and spread the sound? 381In the middle; so beat a lot of drums.

302तो खूब नगाड़ा बजाओ . tō khūb nagāṛā bajāō . tō khūb[adj.] nagāṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then a lot drum play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

382Do you have the drums?

303बजा भी रहे हैं और बजायेंगे भी . bajā bhī rahē haĩ aur bajāyēṅgē bhī . bajnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|bajānā[root]|bajā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] . (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|play[root]|o'clock) too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] too .

383You are beating them and you will continue to beat them.

304सबको खुशनसीब बनने की खुशखबरी सुनायेंगे . sabkō khuśhnasīb bannē key|kī khuśhkhabarī sunāyēṅgē . sabkō khuśhnasīb[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . everything having the fortune of happiness become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) good news speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

384You will give everyone the good news of becoming fortunate.

305खुशखबरी सुनाने में होशियार हो ना  ? khuśhkhabarī sunānē mē̃ hōśhiyār hō nā  ? khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? good news speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

385You are clever in giving good news, are you not?

306सबको खुशखबरी सुनाना , यही सबसे बड़ा श्रेष्ठ कर्तव्य है . sabkō khuśhkhabarī sunānā , yahī sabsē baṛā śhrēṣhṭh kartavya hai . sabkō khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yahī[pn.;d.] sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everything good news speak[inf.m.sg.d.] , this the most very elevated activity be[pres.sg.23] .

386To give everyone the greatest good news is the most elevated task, because in all four directions, they only hear news of sorrow.

307क्योंकि चारों ओर दुःख ­ अशान्ति की खबरें सुनते रहते हैं . kyōṅki chārō̃ ōr duḥkh ­ aśhānti key|kī khabarē̃ suntē rahtē haĩ . kyōṅki chārō̃ ōr[x] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ­ aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . because everywhere (hurt[root]|sorrow) ­ peacelessness (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

387What news do the people of the world hear throughout the day? 388That of peacelessness and sorrow.

308तो ऐसी आत्मायें खुशखबरी सुनकर कितनी खुश होंगी  ! tō aisī ātmāyē̃ khuśhkhabarī sunkar kitnī khuśh hōṅgī  ! tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[abs.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ! then such soul good news listen[abs.] so happy be[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  !

389How much happiness would such souls experience on hearing the good news?

309सबके दिल से निकलेगा कि वाह  ! sabkē dil sē nikalēgā ki vāh  ! sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] vāh  ! everyone's heart from be extracted[fut.m.sg.23] that wah!  !

390It would emerge from everyone's heart: Wah!

310परमात्म बच्चे वाह  ! paramātma bachchē vāh  ! paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh  ! Supreme Soul child wah!  !

391It is the wonder of the Godly children.

311तो ऐसा श्रेष्ठ कार्य करना ही है . tō aisā śhrēṣhṭh kārya karnā hī hai . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then such elevated task do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

392Wah! 393So you have to perform such an elevated task.

312हुआ ही पड़ा है , सिर्फ निमित्त करना है . huā hī paṛā hai , sirph nimitt karnā hai . hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , sirph[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , only instrument do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

394It is already accomplished; you simply have to be an instrument.

313राजधानी भी तैयार हुई पड़ी है , प्रजा भी तैयार है , आप सिर्फ ठप्पा लगाते जाओ , बस . rājdhānī bhī taiyār huī paṛī hai , prajā bhī taiyār hai , āp sirph ṭhappā lagātē jāō , bas . rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] , prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] sirph[adj.] ṭhappā lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , basnā[root]|bas . kingdom too x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] , x too x be[pres.sg.23] , you only stamp , (x[root]|simply) . 314अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

395The kingdom is already ready, the subjects are also ready; what do you have to do? 396Simply put the seal. 397Those from Bhopal like this, do they not?

315कर्नाटक - कर्नाटक वाले क्या करेंगे  ? karnāṭak - karnāṭak vālē kyā karē̃gē  ? karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] - karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Karnataka - Karnataka those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

398Karnataka: What will those from Karnataka do?

316कर्नाटक के धरनी की क्या विशेषता है  ? karnāṭak K|kē dharnī key|kī kyā viśhēṣhtā hai  ? karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kyā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? Karnataka (K|of) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) what speciality be[pres.sg.23]  ?

399What is the speciality of the land of Karnataka? 400Those from Karnataka, speak.

317भावना वाले ज्यादा हैं , तो भावना प्रधान आत्मायें क्या करेंगी  ? bhāvnā vālē jyādā haĩ , tō bhāvnā pradhān ātmāyē̃ kyā karē̃gī  ? bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] pradhān[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? feeling those who more be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then feeling x soul what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

401They have a lot of bhavna (faith and loving devotion). 402What would the souls who have such bhavna do?

318आत्माओं में श्रेष्ठ भावना पैदा करने के निमित्त बनेंगी . ātmāō̃ mē̃ śhrēṣhṭh bhāvnā paidā karnē kē nimitt banē̃gī . ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . soul in elevated feeling born do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

403They would be instrumental to create such elevated feelings in souls.

319जैसे धरनी की विशेषता है , वैसे चारों ओर सारे विश्व को तैयार करने के लिये सभी में श्रेष्ठ भावना , शुभ भावना उत्पन्न करेंगे . jaisē dharnī key|kī viśhēṣhtā hai , vaisē chārō̃ ōr sārē viśhva kō taiyār karnē K|kē liyē sabhī mē̃ śhrēṣhṭh bhāvnā , śhubh bhāvnā utpanna karē̃gē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] utpanna[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . like (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality be[pres.sg.23] , x everywhere the whole world to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] all in elevated feeling , pure feeling x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

404As is the speciality of that land, in the same way, not only to prepare Karnataka, but in order to prepare the whole world, you have to create elevated and pure feelings in everyone.

320श्रेष्ठ भावना क्या है  ? śhrēṣhṭh bhāvnā kyā hai  ? śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? elevated feeling what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

405What are the elevated feelings?

321हम बाप के और बाप हमारा . ham bāp K|kē aur bāp hamārā . ham[pn.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] . we father (K|of) and father we[.kā] .

406"We belong to Baba and Baba belongs to us".

322इस श्रेष्ठ भावना से सभी भावना का फल सहज प्राप्त करेंगे . is śhrēṣhṭh bhāvnā sē sabhī bhāvnā kā phal sahaj prāpt karē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.o.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] prāpt karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this elevated feeling from all feeling of fruit easy reach .

407With these elevated feelings, you will easily attain the fruit of all your bhavna.

323भावना का फल बहुत जल्दी मिलता है . bhāvnā kā phal bahut jaldī miltā hai . bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut jaldī milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . feeling of fruit very very quickly receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

408You receive the fruit of bhavna very quickly.

324तो ऐसी सहज सेवा करो जो भावना उत्पन्न करो और भावना का फल सहज प्राप्त करो . tō aisī sahaj sēvā karō jō bhāvnā utpanna karō aur bhāvnā kā phal sahaj prāpt karō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sahaj[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] utpanna[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] prāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such easy service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that feeling x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and feeling of fruit easy reach .

409Do this easy service in such a way that you create these feelings in them and also easily attain the fruit of such loving devotional feelings.

325तो ये सेवा करना आता है कि नहीं  ? tō yē sēvā karnā ātā hai ki nahī̃  ? tō yah[pn.pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg]  ? then this service do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] that not  ?

410Do you know how to do this service? 411Or don't you?

326अभी से फरिश्ते बन गये हैं क्योंकि भाषा नहीं समझते हैं लेकिन इशारों से समझ जाते हैं . abhī sē phariśhtē ban gayē haĩ kyōṅki bhāṣhā nahī̃ samajhtē haĩ lēkin iśhārō̃ sē samajh jātē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] kyōṅki bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . now from angel become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] because language not understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but signal from understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

412Do you not understand the language? 413Even though you do not understand the language, you sit at the front. 414It is a wonder!

327तो समझा , कर्नाटक वालों को क्या करना है  ? tō samjhā , karnāṭak vālō̃ kō kyā karnā hai  ? tō samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? then (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , Karnataka those who to what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

415You have become angels now because you understand the signals.

328सहज फल खिलाओ , मेहनत नहीं कराओ . sahaj phal khilāō , mēhnat nahī̃ karāō . sahaj[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . easy fruit feed[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , effort not make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

416So do those from Karnataka understand what they have to do?

329कर्नाटक की धरनी में वृद्धि बहुत सहज होती है . karnāṭak key|kī dharnī mē̃ vr̥iddhi bahut sahaj hōtī hai . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Karnataka (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) in growth very easy be[pres.sg.f.23] .

417Let them eat the fruit easily; do not allow them to labour.

330तो जैसे आप लोगों की धरनी है वैसे औरों की धरनी को भी तैयार करो और फल की प्राप्ति करो . tō jaisē āp lōgō̃ key|kī dharnī hai vaisē aurō̃ key|kī dharnī kō bhī taiyār karō aur phal key|kī prāpti karō . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dharnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aurō̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then like you people (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) adopt[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x others (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) to too x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and fruit (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 331आन्ध्र प्रदेश - आन्ध्र प्रदेश क्या करेंगे  ? āndhra pradēśh - āndhra pradēśh kyā karē̃gē  ? āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] - āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Andhra x - Andhra x what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

418Expansion takes place very easily on the land of Karnataka. 419By how much have your numbers increased? 420As is your land, also prepare the land of others in the same way and attain the fruit of that.

332ऐसा कोई नया प्लैन बनाओ , जैसे साइन्स वाले नई ­ नई इन्वेन्शन निकालते रहते हैं ना , तो थोड़े समय में प्राप्ति ज्यादा हो तो आन्ध्र प्रदेश ऐसे ही इन्वेन्शन करो जो थोड़े समय में आत्मायें अनुभूति की प्राप्तियाँ ज्यादा अनुभव करें , उसका साधन क्या है जो समय कम लगे और प्राप्ति ज्यादा हो  ? aisā kōī nayā plan banāō , jaisē science vālē naī ­ naī invention nikāltē rahtē haĩ nā , tō thōṛē samay mē̃ prāpti jyādā hō tō āndhra pradēśh aisē hī invention karō jō thōṛē samay mē̃ ātmāyē̃ anubhūti key|kī prāptiyā̃ jyādā anubhav karē̃ , uskā sādhan kyā hai jō samay cum|kam lagē aur prāpti jyādā hō  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ­ nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] nā , tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] invention karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kā] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur prāpti[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? such some new plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , like science those who new ­ new invention x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ , then short time in attainment more (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then Andhra x such only invention do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that short time in soul experience (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) attainment more experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] , that[.kā] facilities what be[pres.sg.23] that time (x|less) (x|x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) and attainment more (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

421Andhra Pradesh:What will those from Andhra Pradesh do? 422Just as the scientists create inventions, so too, those from Andhra Pradesh have to create a new plan; so that you have a lot of attainment in a short time. 423So those from Andhra have to create such inventions that, in a short time, souls are able to experience greater attainments. 424What is the method for this, so that it takes little time but they have greater attainment?

333इसका साधन है आन्ध्र प्रदेश की हर ब्राह्मण आत्मा को लाइट हाउस , माइट हाउस बनना पड़े . iskā sādhan hai āndhra pradēśh key|kī har|her brāhmaṇ ātmā kō light house , might house bannā paṛē . yah[pn.sg.kā] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] harnā[root]|har|her brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] light house[x] , might house bannā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . this[.kā] facilities be[pres.sg.23] Andhra x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x[root]|x) Brahmin soul to lighthouse , might house become[opt.sg.23.oblig2] .

425The method for this is that every Brahmin soul from Andhra Pradesh has to become a lighthouse and a might­house.

334लाइट हाउस कितना जल्दी लाइट फैलाता है और चारों ओर फैला देता है . light house kitnā jaldī light phailātā hai aur chārō̃ ōr phailā dētā hai . light house[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaldī light phailānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur chārō̃ ōr[x] phailnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|phailānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . lighthouse so very quickly light spread[pres.sg.m.23] and everywhere (spread[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|spread[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .

426A lighthouse spreads its light so quickly and it spreads it in all four directions.

335तो आन्ध्र प्रदेश लाइट हाउस , माइट हाउस बन ऐसा प्रकाश फैलाओ जो सबको दिखाई दे कि मैं आत्मा हूँ और बाप आ चुका है . tō āndhra pradēśh light house , might house ban aisā prakāśh phailāō jō sabkō dikhāī dē ki maĩ ātmā hū̃ aur bāp ā chukā hai . tō āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] light house[x] , might house bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sabkō dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+cuknā] . then Andhra x lighthouse , might house (become[root]|x) such x spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that everything be visible that I am a soul and father come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+cuknā] .

427Andhra Pradesh has to become lighthouses and might­houses and spread light in such a way that all are able to see themselves as souls and also see the Father.

336रोशनी में दिखाई देता है ना कि मैं कौन हूँ  ? rōśhnī mē̃ dikhāī dētā hai nā ki maĩ kaun hū̃  ? rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1]  ? light in be visible ∅ that I who be[pres.sg.1]  ?

428In the light, you are able to see who you are, are you not?

337तो ऐसे लाइट और माइट हाउस बनकर लाइट और माइट फैलाओ . tō aisē light aur might house bankar light aur might phailāō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] light aur might house bannā[abs.] light aur might phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such light and might house become[abs.] light and might spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

429So become such light and might houses and spread light and might.

338डबल विदेशी - डबल विदेशियों ने बाप का एक टाइटल तो प्रैक्टिकल कर लिया है . double vidēśhī - double vidēśhiyō̃ nē bāp kā ēk title tō practical kar liyā hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] - double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] title tō practical karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . double foreigner - double foreigner ∅ father of one title then practical do[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .

430Double foreigners:Double foreigners have made one of Baba's titles practical.

339कौन सा  ? kaun sā  ? kaun sā[x]  ? which  ?

431Which one is it?

340सर्वव्यापी का . sarvavyāpī kā . sarvavyāpī, sarvavyāpak[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . omnipresent of .

432That of omnipresence.

341कोई ऐसा प्रोग्राम नहीं होता जिसमें डबल विदेशी न हो . kōī aisā programme nahī̃ hōtā jismē̃ double vidēśhī na hō . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . some such programme not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that[.mē̃] double foreigner not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

433There is never any programme in which there are no double foreigners.

342तो सर्व कार्य में व्यापी हो गये और बापदादा को भी खुशी होती है . tō sarv kārya mē̃ vyāpī hō gayē aur bāpdādā kō bhī khuśhī hōtī hai . tō sarv[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then all task in x be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] and BapDada to too happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .

434You have become present in all tasks, and so BapDada is happy. 435When the double foreigners are present, it becomes international.

343क्योंकि डबल विदेशियों से इन्टरनेशनल हो जाता है . kyōṅki double vidēśhiyō̃ sē international hō jātā hai . kyōṅki double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] international hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . because double foreigner from international be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

436And Baba's title is World Benefactor. 437It is not Bharat Benefactor.

344बाप का टाइटल भी विश्व कल्याणकारी है ना . bāp kā title bhī viśhva kalyāṇkārī hai nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title bhī[p.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . father of title too world beneficial be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 345भारत कल्याणकारी तो नहीं है ना . bhārat kalyāṇkārī tō nahī̃ hai nā . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Bharat beneficial then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

438When double foreigners come, they also prove the title of the Father being the World Benefactor.

346तो जब डबल विदेशी आते हैं तो बाप का भी विश्व कल्याणकारी टाइटल सिद्ध कर देते हैं . tō jab double vidēśhī ātē haĩ tō bāp kā bhī viśhva kalyāṇkārī title siddh kar dētē haĩ . tō jab double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] title siddh karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . then when double foreigner come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then father of too world beneficial title justify[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . 347रौनक हो जाती है . raunak hō jātī hai . raunak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . splendour be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

439There is then a lot of sparkle and beauty. 440The speciality of the double foreigners is to bring sparkle to every occasion.

348डबल विदेशियों की विशेषता है - हर कार्य में रौनक करने वाले . double vidēśhiyō̃ key|kī viśhēṣhtā hai - har|her kārya mē̃ raunak karnē vālē . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . double foreigner (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality be[pres.sg.23] - (x[root]|x) task in splendour do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

441What will they do in the golden world? 442They will spread sparkle in all four directions.

349वहाँ गोल्डन दुनिया में भी क्या करेंगे  ? vahā̃ golden duniyā mē̃ bhī kyā karē̃gē  ? vahā̃ golden duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? there golden world in too what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

443In foreign lands, they have a lot of decorations made of lights.

350चारों ओर रौनक मचा देंगे . chārō̃ ōr raunak machā dēgē . chārō̃ ōr[x] raunak[n.f.;sg.] machānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . everywhere splendour x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . 351विदेश में वैसे भी लाइट की सजावट की रौनक बहुत होती है ना . vidēśh mē̃ vaisē bhī light key|kī sajāvaṭ key|kī raunak bahut hōtī hai nā . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] light key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sajāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . abroad in x too light (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) decoration (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) splendour very be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .

444The spiritual sparkle of the Brahmin family are the double foreigners. 445Where have the double foreigners come from?

352तो ब्राह्मण परिवार की रूहानी रौनक डबल विदेशी हैं . tō brāhmaṇ parivār key|kī rūhānī raunak double vidēśhī haĩ . tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] rūhānī[adj.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Brahmin family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) spiritual splendour double foreigner be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

446(London, Nairobi, New Zealand, Germany, Japan, Mexico). 447Those from Mexico are dancing.

353डबल विदेशी कहाँ ­ कहाँ से आये हैं  ? double vidēśhī kahā̃ ­ kahā̃ sē āyē haĩ  ? double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ ­ kahā̃ sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? double foreigner where ­ where from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

448The courage of those from Mexico is very good.

354 ( लन्दन , नैरोबी , न्युजीलैण्ड , जर्मनी , जापान , मैक्सिको ) मैक्सिको नाच रहा है , मैक्सिको वालों की बहादुरी भी बहुत अच्छी है , स्थान भी दूर है और इकॉनॉमी सिस्टम भी विचित्र ही है . ( London , nairōbī , NewZealand , jarmanī , jāpān , maiksikō ) maiksikō nāch rahā hai , maiksikō vālō̃ key|kī bahādurī bhī bahut achchhī hai , sthān bhī dūr hai aur economy system bhī vichitr hī hai . ( London , x , New Zealand , jarmanī , jāpān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x ) x nāchnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bahādurī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur economy system bhī[p.] vichitr[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x , x , New Zealand , x , x , x ) x dance[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , x those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) courage too very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , place too distant be[pres.sg.23] and economical x too unique only be[pres.sg.23] .

449Their country is very far away and their economic system is also very different. 450But even so, their love and devotion and faith enables them to reach here. 451Therefore, congratulations to those from Mexico. 452(Everyone said: They belong to one Baba and none other.)

355फिर भी भावना और स्नेह पहुँचा देता है . phir bhī bhāvnā aur snēh pahuñchā dētā hai . phir bhī[x] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|pahuñchānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . nevertheless feeling and love (reach[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|cause to reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .

453Look, they have given everyone the sweet of happiness.

356इसलिये मैक्सिको वालों को मुबारक . isliyē maiksikō vālō̃ kō mubārak . isliē x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . therefore x those who to congratulations .

454Achcha, look London is making everyone move forward very fast.

357अच्छा , देखो लन्दन वाले भी बहुत आगे बढ़ा रहे हैं , समाचार सुना चाबी मिल गई है . achchhā , dēkhō London vālē bhī bahut āgē baṛhā rahē haĩ , samāchār sunā chābī mil gaī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] London vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bahut āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . achcha , see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x those who too very previously increase[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) key receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

455Baba has received the news that we have now got the key. 456(We now have a place in the heart of London for a museum.)

358 ( लन्दन शहर में म्यूजयम के लिए मकान मिला है ) इससे क्या सिद्ध हुआ कि ब्राह्मणों का दृढ़ संकल्प जो चाहे वो कर सकता है . ( London śhahar mē̃ myūjayam kē liē makān milā hai ) issē kyā siddha huā ki brāhmaṇō̃ kā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp jō chāhē vō kar saktā hai . ( London śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x kē liē[x] makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) yah[pn.sg.sē] kyā siddh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vah[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . ( x city in x for building receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) this[.sē] what successful be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that Brahmin of determined thought that (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) that do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

457This proves that the determined thoughts of Brahmins are such that they can do whatever they desire. 458You can become the intellect of the wise and make them change their intellect.

359बुद्धिवान बन किसी की भी बुद्धि को बदल सकते हैं . buddhivān ban kisī key|kī bhī buddhi kō badal saktē haĩ . buddhivān[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] badalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . wise (become[root]|x) (some|anything) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too intellect to change[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

459Where benefit is visible within the law, the law can be made to be beneficial.

360कायदे भी बदल करके फायदे में दिखाई देते हैं . kāydē bhī badal karkē phāydē mē̃ dikhāī dētē haĩ . kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] karnā[abs.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . law too (x|change[root]) do[abs.] profit in be visible .

460The laws of the foreign lands are so strict, but the benefits gain victory over the laws.

361विदेश के कायदे कितने सख्त हैं लेकिन कायदे के ऊपर फायदा विजय प्राप्त कर लेता है . vidēśh K|kē kāydē kitnē sakht haĩ lēkin kāydē kē ūpar phāydā vijay prāpt kar lētā hai . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sakht[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē ūpar[x] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . abroad (K|of) law so strictly be[pres.pl.12hon3] but law over profit victory reach .

461(Baba was told that He is Karankaravanhar, and Baba replied.) 462Brahmin children are the arms. 463Nothing can be accomplished without the arms.

362 ( बाबा करनकरावनहार बन करा लेता है ) लेकिन ब्राह्मण बच्चे भी भुजायें हैं . ( bābā karankarāvanhār ban karā lētā hai ) lēkin brāhmaṇ bachchē bhī bhujāyē̃ haĩ . ( bābā karankarāvanhār bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ) lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( Baba Karankaravanhar (become[root]|x) make commit[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ) but Brahmin child too arm be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

464(Baba then spoke to Jitubhai's daughter.) 465Are you the arms? 466Are you Baba's arms? 467(We are right hands).

363भुजाओं के बिना तो कोई काम नहीं होता . bhujāō̃ K|kē binā tō kōī kām nahī̃ hōtā . bhujā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā tō kōī[pn.;d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . arm (K|of) without then some (task|lust) not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

468Congratulations. 469Congratulations for being the right hand.

364जीतू भाई ( ज्ञान सरोवर के कान्ट्रैक्टर ) परिवार सहित बापदादा के सामने सभा में बैठे हैंः ­ बाप की भुजा हो ना  ? jītū bhāī ( gyān sarōvar K|kē contractor ) parivār sahit bāpdādā K|kē sāmnē sabhā mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ ­ bāp key|kī bhujā hō nā  ? x bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ( gyān sarōvar[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] contractor ) parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit bāpdādā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ­ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhujā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? x (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) ( Gyan Sarovar (K|of) contractor ) family including BapDada (K|of) x court in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ­ father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) arm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

470You are good; you have good sanskars. 471It is like this, is it not? 472BapDada makes everyone happy. 473He makes the children happy and He also makes the seniors happy.

365 ( राइट हैण्ड हैं ) मुबारक हो . ( right hand haĩ ) mubārak hō . ( right hand[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( right hand be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

474He makes them both happy. 475It is such great fortune to become the arms of God.

366राइट हैण्ड की मुबारक हो . right hand key|kī mubārak hō . right hand[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . right hand (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

476To be co­operative in service means to be the arms.

367परमात्म भुजा बनना कितना बड़ा भाग्य है  ! paramātma bhujā bannā kitnā baṛā bhāgya hai  ! paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhujā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! Supreme Soul arm become[inf.m.sg.d.] so very x be[pres.sg.23]  ! 368सेवा के सहयोगी बनना अर्थात् भुजा बनना . sēvā K|kē sahyōgī bannā arthāt bhujā bannā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bhujā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . service (K|of) co-operative become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is arm become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

477(Speaking to the family of Jitubhai ­ the contractor for Gyan Sarovar):You have good love for the Father and the Father also has love for you.

369सभी का बाप से अच्छा प्यार है . sabhī kā bāp sē achchhā pyār hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all of father from achcha love be[pres.sg.23] .

478You have love for the Father, do you not?

370बाप को भी प्यार है . bāp kō bhī pyār hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father to too love be[pres.sg.23] .

479Or, do you have greater love for your family?

371बाप से ज्यादा प्यार है या प्रवृत्ति से ज्यादा प्यार है  ? bāp sē jyādā pyār hai yā pravr̥itti sē jyādā pyār hai  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? father from more love be[pres.sg.23] or famille from more love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

480Do you have greater love for the family or for the Father? 481Do you have love for both?

372 ( दोनों से ) जवाब देने में होशियार हैं . ( dōnō̃ sē ) javāb dēnē mē̃ hōśhiyār haĩ . ( dōnō̃ sē[postp.] ) javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( x from ) x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

482You are clever in giving an answer. 483It is good.

373अच्छा है कितने शेयर्स आप लोगों ने इकट्ठाकिया है  ? achchhā hai kitnē śēyarsa āp lōgō̃ nē ikaṭṭhākiyā hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? achcha be[pres.sg.23] so x you people ∅ x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

484How many shares have you accumulated? 485Have you seen your account?

374अपना एकाउण्ट देखा है  ? apnā account dēkhā hai  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] account dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? (one’s own|adopt[root]) account see[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

486How many shares have the entire family received?

375सारे परिवार को कितने शेयर्स मिले हैं  ? sārē parivār kō kitnē śēyarsa milē haĩ  ? sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? the whole family to so x receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? 376अगर घर बैठे शेयर मिल जायें , बिना मेहनत के तो इसको भाग्य कहेंगे ना  ? agar ghar baiṭhē share mil jāyē̃ , binā mēhnat K|kē tō iskō bhāgya kahē̃gē nā  ? agar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] share milnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , binā mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō yah[pn.sg.kō] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? if home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) x receive[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , without effort (K|of) then this[.kō] x say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

487If you receive shares whilst sitting at home without having to make any effort, this would be called fortune, would it not? 488It is good. 489You have come with the special aim of celebrating with Baba.

377अच्छा है , बाप से भी मिल लिया , मना भी लिया . achchhā hai , bāp sē bhī mil liyā , manā bhī liyā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|manānā[root] bhī[p.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , father from too receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , (x|celebrate[root]) too take[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

490You have met the Father and also celebrated with Him. 491You are clever.

378परिवार ही अच्छा है . parivār hī achchhā hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . family only achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

492This one is also master clever.

379 ( डा . अशोक मेहता से ) ये क्या मनाने आये हैं  ? ( ḍā . aśhōk Mēhtā sē ) yē kyā manānē āyē haĩ  ? ( ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . aśhōk[adj.] x sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? ( x . x x from ) this what celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

493The family is good. 494(To Dr. 495Ashok Mehta.) 496What has this one come to celebrate?

380बर्थ डे मनाने आये हैं . birth day manānē āyē haĩ . birth day[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . birthday celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

497He has come to celebrate his birthday.

381जन्मते ही भाग्य की लकीर श्रेष्ठ लेकर आये हो . janmatē hī bhāgya key|kī lakīr śhrēṣhṭh lēkar āyē hō . janmatē hī[x] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lakīr[n.f.;sg.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] lēnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . x x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line elevated take[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

498From the moment of birth, you have come with an elevated line of fortune.

382गीत है ना तकदीर जगाकर आये हैं . gīt hai nā takdīr jagākar āyē haĩ . gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā takdīr[n.f.;sg.] jagānā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ fortune awaken[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

499There is a song: I have come having awakened my fortune.

383तो जन्मते मेहनत करनी पड़ी है कि सहज प्राप्ति से आगे बढ़ते जाते हैं  ? tō janmatē|janamtē mēhnat karnī paṛī hai ki sahaj prāpti sē āgē baṛhtē jātē haĩ  ? tō janmatē hī|janamnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.oblig2] ki[conj.] sahaj[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā]  ? then (x|be born[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23.oblig2] that easy attainment from previously grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā]  ?

500So, did you have to make effort from when you took birth or are you moving forward with easy attainments?

384सहज प्राप्ति है ना  ! sahaj prāpti hai nā  ! sahaj[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! easy attainment be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

501You have all the attainments easily, do you not?

385तो तकदीर लेकरके ही आये हैं . tō takdīr lēkarkē hī āyē haĩ . tō takdīr[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[abs.] hī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then fortune take[abs.] only come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

502So you have come with your fortune.

386और कलम तो हाथ में है ही . aur kalam tō hāth mē̃ hai hī . aur kalam[n.f.;sg.] tō hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . and x then hand in be[pres.sg.23] only .

503And you have the pen in your hand anyway.

387सेवा का बल , परिवार का सहयोग और बाप का प्यार तीनों प्राप्त हैं . sēvā kā bal , parivār kā sahyōg aur bāp kā pyār tīnō̃ prāpt haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīnō̃[adj.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . service of strength , family of cooperation and father of love all three reached be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

504You have it, do you not? 505It is good; you have attained all three: the power of service, the co­operation of the family and the love of the Father.

388तो तीनों सहज कर रहे हैं और करते रहेंगे . tō tīnō̃ sahaj kar rahē haĩ aur kartē rahē̃gē . tō tīnō̃[adj.] sahaj[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then all three easy do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

506You are attaining all three easily and will continue to do so.

389परिवार के भी समीप आने में देरी नहीं लगी ना  ? parivār K|kē bhī samīp ānē mē̃ dērī nahī̃ lagī nā  ? parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] samīp[adj.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[past-part.f.] nā  ? family (K|of) too close (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in x not x[past-part.f.] ∅  ?

507You are close to the family. 508It did not take you long to come close to the family, did it?

390बाप के समीप जल्दी आये तो परिवार के समीप भी बहुत तीव्र गति से आ रहे हो . bāp K|kē samīp jaldī āyē tō parivār K|kē samīp bhī bahut tīvr gati sē ā rahē hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samīp[adj.] jaldī ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samīp[adj.] bhī[p.] bahut tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . father (K|of) close very quickly (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) then family (K|of) close too very intense speed from come[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

509You came close to the Father very quickly and so you are also coming close to the family with a fast speed. 510Have you celebrated your birthday?

391देखो , कितने प्यारे हो सबके  ! dēkhō , kitnē pyārē hō sabkē  ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , so loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) everyone's  !

511Both families celebrated the function.

392जिसका बाप से और सेवा से प्यार है ना तो बाप का और परिवार का प्यार स्वतः ही मिलता है . jiskā bāp sē aur sēvā sē pyār hai nā tō bāp kā aur parivār kā pyār svataḥ hī miltā hai . jō[pn.sg.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that[.kā] father from and service from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then father of and family of love automatically only receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

512Look, you are loved by everyone so much. 513Those who have love for the Father and for service automatically receive love from the Father and the family.

393ऐसे हैं ना  ? aisē haĩ nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? such be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

514It is like this, is it not?

394सब पहचाने हुए लगते हैं ना . sab pahchānē huē lagtē haĩ nā . sab[adj.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pahchānnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . all (recognise[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|recognise[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .

515All of you look very familiar.

395कहाँ भी जाओ तो आपको जल्दी पहचान लेंगे ना  ? kahā̃ bhī jāō tō āpkō jaldī pahchān lē̃gē nā  ? kahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] jaldī pahchānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] nā  ? where too go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then you[.kō] very quickly recognise[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ∅  ?

516Wherever you go, everyone will recognise you very quickly, will they not? 517It is good.

396अच्छा , सभी ने दिल खुश मिठाई खाई  ? achchhā , sabhī nē dil khuśh miṭhāī khāī  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] miṭhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khānā[past-part.f.]  ? achcha , all ∅ heart happy sweet eat[past-part.f.]  ?

518All of you are happy. 519Did all of you eat the Dilkhush sweet?

397टीचर्स - देखो , टीचर्स नहीं होती तो आप लोग कैसे आते  ? teachers - dēkhō , teachers nahī̃ hōtī tō āp lōg kaisē ātē  ? teacher - dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , teacher nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? teacher - see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , teacher not be[pres-part.f.] then you people how come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

520Achcha. 521Teachers:Look, how would all of you come if it were not for the teachers?

398टीचर्स का महत्व है ना  ! teachers kā mahatva hai nā  ! teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! teacher of importance be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

522So the teachers are also important.

399फिर भी निमित्त टीचर्स तो हैं . phir bhī nimitt teachers tō haĩ . phir bhī[x] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . nevertheless instrument teacher then be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

523The teachers are the instruments.

400आप सभी को पाठ पक्का कराने वाले निमित्त हैं ना  ? āp sabhī kō pāṭh pakkā karānē vālē nimitt haĩ nā  ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? you all to lesson firm make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

524They are instrumental in making a lesson firm for all of you, are they not?

401उमंग ­ उत्साह बढ़ाने वाले निमित्त टीचर्स हैं . umaṅg ­ utsāh baṛhānē vālē nimitt teachers haĩ . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ­ utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . zeal ­ enthusiasm increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who instrument teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

525Teachers are the instruments to increase everyone's zeal and enthusiasm.

402टीचर्स का विशेष कार्य ही है उमंग ­ उत्साह के पंख लगाए , स्वयं भी उड़ने वाले और दूसरों को भी उड़ाने वाले . teachers kā viśhēṣh kārya hī hai umaṅg ­ utsāh K|kē paṅkh lagāē , svayã bhī uṛnē vālē aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī uṛānē vālē . teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ­ utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.sg.23]|lagānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , svayã bhī[p.] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] uṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . teacher of special task only be[pres.sg.23] zeal ­ enthusiasm (K|of) wing (attach[opt.sg.23]|attach[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , x too fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and other to too x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

526The special task of the teachers is to give wings of zeal and enthusiasm, to fly and to make others fly. 527The speciality of a worthy teacher is that the students who come constantly continue to fly ahead through easy effort.

403योग्य टीचर्स की विशेषता ही यह है कि आने वाले हर स्टूडेण्ट सदा ही सहज पुरूषार्थ द्वारा आगे से आगे उड़ते रहेंगे . yōgya teachers key|kī viśhēṣhtā hī yah hai ki ānē vālē har|her student sadā hī sahaj purūṣhārth dvārā āgē sē āgē uṛtē rahē̃gē . yōgya[adj.] teacher key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] harnā[root]|har|her student sadā hī[p.] sahaj[adj.] puruṣhārth dvārā āgē sē[postp.] āgē uṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . worthy teacher (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality only this be[pres.sg.23] that (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who (x[root]|x) student constantly only easy effort through previously from previously fly[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

528In fact, the teachers within the Brahmin family have extra fortune, because it is an extra lift to become an instrument; to have a right to do service. 529This extra right gives you a lot of help internally.

404वैसे टीचर्स का भाग्य ब्राह्मण परिवार में एक्स्ट्रा भी है . vaisē teachers kā bhāgya brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ extra bhī hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] extra bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x teacher of x Brahmin family in extra too be[pres.sg.23] .

530BapDada always considers the teachers to be the instruments and equal servers. 531Whatever is the Father's task is the task of the instrument teachers.

405क्योंकि निमित्त बनना ये एक एक्स्ट्रा लिफ्ट है . kyōṅki nimitt bannā yē ēk extra lift hai . kyōṅki nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] ēk[adj.] extra lift hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because instrument become[inf.m.sg.d.] this one extra lift be[pres.sg.23] .

532BapDada constantly sees the teachers in the form of being equal.

406सेवा के अधिकारी बनना-ये एक्स्ट्रा अधिकार अन्दर बहुत मदद करता है . sēvā K|kē adhikārī bananā-yē extra adhikār andar bahut madad kartā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] x extra adhikār[x] andar bahut madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . service (K|of) (one) who has a right x extra right inside very x do[pres.sg.m.23] .

533Baba constantly gives so much love and regard and He sees you with the vision of your being equal servers.

407तो टीचर्स को बापदादा सदा निमित्त और समान सेवाधारी समझते हैं . tō teachers kō bāpdādā sadā nimitt aur samān sēvādhārī samajhtē haĩ . tō teacher kō[postp.] bāpdādā sadā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur samān[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then teacher to BapDada constantly instrument and equal server understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

534Did the teachers hear this? 535Nothing would be accomplished without the teachers.

408जो बाप का कार्य वो निमित्त टीचर्स का कार्य . jō bāp kā kārya vō nimitt teachers kā kārya . jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that father of task that instrument teacher of task .

536All of you have to have a signature from the teachers, do you not? 537Would you come if your teachers did not put a signature on your form? 538So, the teachers do have some service. 539To the highest and richest elevated souls in all four directions; to the souls who are the masters of all treasures; to the intense effort­making souls who constantly keep themselves ever­ready; to the extremely close souls who, with their time, thoughts and words, constantly accumulate in their account of elevated income, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste.

409तो बापदादा सदा टीचर्स को समान स्वरूप से देखते हैं . tō bāpdādā sadā teachers kō samān svarūp sē dēkhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā sadā teacher kō[postp.] samān[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada constantly teacher to equal form from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

540Speaking to Dadiji:Is everything being done easily? 541Is a mela taking place or is it just a game?

410इतना स्नेह और इतना रिगार्ड बाप सदा देते हैं और उसी नजर से देखते हैं कि ये समान सेवाधारी हैं . itnā snēh aur itnā regard bāp sadā dētē haĩ aur usī najar sē dēkhtē haĩ ki yē samān sēvādhārī haĩ . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] regard bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur vah[pn.sg.hī] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] samān[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . such love and such regard father constantly give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and that[.hī] glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this equal server be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

542A game of contentment is being played. 543Those who make others content are doing this, and those who become content are becoming contented.

411टीचर्स के बिना तो काम नहीं चलेगा ना  ! teachers K|kē binā tō kām nahī̃ chalēgā nā  ! teacher K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! teacher (K|of) without then (task|lust) not continue[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

544Everyone loves this game of contentment.

412आप लोगों को ठप्पा तो टीचर्स का लगाना पड़ता है ना  ? āp lōgō̃ kō ṭhappā tō teachers kā lagānā paṛtā hai nā  ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ṭhappā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] nā  ? you people to stamp then teacher of attach[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ∅  ?

545Is everything else all right? 546(We have thought of having two turns in Talheti).

413अगर टीचर्स आपके फॉर्म पर ठप्पा नहीं लगायेंगी तो कैसे आयेंगे  ? agar teachers āpkē form par ṭhappā nahī̃ lagāyēṅgī tō kaisē āyēṅgē  ? agar teacher āp[pn.pl.kē] form par[postp.]|par[adj.] ṭhappā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? if teacher you[.kē] form (at|other) stamp not attach[fut.f.pl.12hon3] then how come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 414अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

547First of all, look at the list, and then it does not matter if you have to have two turns.

415चारों ओर के हाइएस्ट और रिचेस्ट श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , हरखज़ानों के मालिक सम्पन्न आत्माओं को , सदा स्वयं को एवररेडी बनाने वाले तीव्र पुरूषार्थीआत्माओं को , सदा समय , संकल्प , बोल द्वारा श्रेष्ठ कमाई का खाता जमा करने वाले अति समीप आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद ­ प्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr K|kē highest aur richest śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , harakhazānō̃ K|kē mālik sampann ātmāō̃ kō , sadā svayã kō ever ready banānē vālē tīvr purūṣārthīātmāō̃ kō , sadā samay , saṅkalp , bōl dvārā śhrēṣhṭh kamāī kā khātā jamā karnē vālē ati samīp ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād ­ pyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] high aur rich śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampann[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā svayã kō[postp.] ever ready banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] x kō[postp.] , sadā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] kamāī kā khātā[x] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ati samīp[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ­ pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (K|of) high and rich elevated soul to , x (K|of) master full soul to , constantly x to ever-ready create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who intense x to , constantly time , thought , (speak[root]|x) through elevated x (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x close soul to BapDada of remembrance ­ love and x .

548Baba fulfills all the desires of the children. 549Baba does not have any difficulty in coming. 550Whether He comes in Madhuban, Pandav Bhavan or in Talheti, He has no difficulty in coming. 551It is the children who have difficulties, but it does not seem to be a difficulty if the children maintain the courage that nothing is difficult for them, that it is just entertainment.

416दादी जी से ः ­dādī jī sē ḥ ­dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] x ­Dadi (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) from x ­417सब सहज चल रहा है ना  ? sab sahaj chal rahā hai nā  ? sab[adj.] sahaj[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā  ? all easy continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅  ?

552Baba only has to come into a body. 553That is all.

418मेला चल रहा है या खेल चल रहा है  ? mēlā chal rahā hai yā khēl chal rahā hai  ? mēlā[x] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yā khēlnā[root.root+calnā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? fair continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] or play[root.root+calnā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

554What else do you have to do at the confluence age?

419सन्तुष्टता का खेल चल रहा है . santuṣhṭatā kā khēl chal rahā hai . santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēlnā[root.root+calnā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . contentment of play[root.root+calnā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

555A mela and a game. 556Service is just a game.

420सन्तुष्ट करने वाले सन्तुष्ट करते हैं और सन्तुष्ट होने वाले सन्तुष्ट होते हैं . santuṣhṭ karnē vālē santuṣhṭ kartē haĩ aur santuṣhṭ hōnē vālē santuṣhṭ hōtē haĩ . santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . content do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who content do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and content be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who content be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

557Create a mela, play the games of service, what else do you have to do? 558Eat and drink; eat Brahma bhojan.

421ये सन्तुष्टता का खेल सभी को प्यारा लगता है . yē santuṣhṭatā kā khēl sabhī kō pyārā lagtā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this contentment of (play[root]|play) all to loving x[pres.sg.m.23] .

559Achcha. 560Jayantiben:(Baba was presented with a book being prepared on values.)

422और सब ठीक है  ? aur sab ṭhīk hai  ? aur sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? and all OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

561Children have made good effort.

423 ( तलहटी में दो टर्न का सोचा है ) पहले लिस्ट देखो , पीछे दो बारी भी होगा तो कोई बात नहीं . ( talahṭī mē̃ dō turn kā sōchā hai ) pahlē list dēkhō , pīchhē dō bārī bhī hōgā tō kōī bāt nahī̃ . ( talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tum kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] list dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pīchhē dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . ( x in (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) you of think[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) (x|firstly) list see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) x too be[fut.m.sg.23] then some matter not .

562They have made good effort for the book also. 563The pictures are few, the quality is less, and there is greater art of the external world.

424बाप बच्चों की सब आशायें पूर्ण करता है . bāp bachchō̃ key|kī sab āśhāyē̃ pūrṇ kartā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sab[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . father child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) all desire x do[pres.sg.m.23] .

564Let there be this art and also let there be spirituality. 565Include this addition.

425बाप को आने में तो कोई तकलीफ नहीं है ना . bāp kō ānē mē̃ tō kōī taklīph nahī̃ hai nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . father to (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in then some difficulty not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

566However, you have made good effort. 567If someone gives advice, then do that.

426चाहे मधुबन , पाण्डव भवन में आये , चाहे तलहटी में आये , उनको आने में कोई तकलीफ नहीं है . chāhē madhuban , pāṇḍav bhavan mē̃ āyē , chāhē talahṭī mē̃ āyē , unkō ānē mē̃ kōī taklīph nahī̃ hai . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , pāṇḍav bhavan[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.kō] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Madhuban , x in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , that[.kō] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in some difficulty not be[pres.sg.23] .

568But otherwise it is good. 569It does not matter. 570With everyone's finger being given, the task is filled with power. 571This is why you have to do this and make yourselves move forward.

427तकलीफ तो बच्चों को है , लेकिन वो तकलीफ नहीं लगती . taklīph tō bachchō̃ kō hai , lēkin vō taklīph nahī̃ lagtī . taklīph[n.f.;sg.] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin vah[pn.;d.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] . difficulty then child to be[pres.sg.23] , but that difficulty not x[pres-part.f.] .

572You have to take co­operation, but whilst taking co­operation, also move forward.

428जब बच्चे हिम्मत रखते हैं कि हमारे लिये तकलीफ नहीं है , मनोरंजन है , तो बाप को तो तन में ही आना है ना , बस . jab bachchē himmat rakhtē haĩ ki hamārē liyē taklīph nahī̃ hai , manōrañjan hai , tō bāp kō tō tan mē̃ hī ānā hai nā , bas . jab bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tō tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā , basnā[root]|bas . when child courage keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] difficulty not be[pres.sg.23] , entertainment be[pres.sg.23] , then father to then body in only come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ , (x[root]|simply) .

573The plans made for the museum are good. 574The lay­out has to be suitable to the country. 575Pandavs are always shown in an incognito form. 576They carry on with their task but keep their form incognito.

429संगम पर करना ही क्या है  ? saṅgam par karnā hī kyā hai  ? saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? confluence (at|other) do[inf.m.sg.d.] only what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

577They stayed with the king in an incognito way.

430मेला और खेला . mēlā aur khēlā . mēlā[x] aur khēlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . fair and play[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 431सेवा है खेल . sēvā hai khēl . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] . service be[pres.sg.23] (play[root]|play) . 432मेला मचाओ , सेवा का खेल करो , और क्या करना है  ? mēlā machāō , sēvā kā khēl karō , aur kyā karnā hai  ? mēlā[x] machānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aur kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? fair x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , service of (play[root]|play) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , and what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

578So here also, the capital of London means that there are kings there. 579So you also have to remain in an incognito form.

433खाओपियो , ब्रह्मा भोजन खाओ . khāōpiyō , brahmā bhōjan khāō . x , brahmā bhōjan[x] khānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x , Brahma bhojan eat[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

580Our kingdom is to be established in an incognito way. 581Achcha.

434अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

582* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used